Mercurial > vim
annotate runtime/doc/todo.txt @ 2098:3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org> |
---|---|
date | Tue, 02 Mar 2010 16:19:40 +0100 |
parents | 4a1bcdd9ea55 |
children | f63ace015c63 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
2098
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
1 *todo.txt* For Vim version 7.2. Last change: 2010 Mar 02 |
7 | 2 |
3 | |
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar | |
5 | |
6 | |
7 TODO list for Vim *todo* | |
8 | |
9 This is a veeeery long list of known bugs, current work and desired | |
10 improvements. To make it a little bit accessible, the items are grouped by | |
11 subject. In the first column of the line a classification is used to be able | |
12 to look for "the next thing to do": | |
13 | |
14 Priority classification: | |
15 9 next point release | |
16 8 next release | |
17 7 as soon as possible | |
18 6 soon | |
19 5 should be included | |
20 4 nice to have | |
21 3 consider including | |
22 2 maybe not | |
23 1 probably not | |
24 - unclassified | |
25 | |
26 *votes-for-changes* | |
27 See |develop.txt| for development plans. You can vote for which items should | |
28 be worked on, but only if you sponsor Vim development. See |sponsor|. | |
29 | |
30 *known-bugs* | |
31 -------------------- Known bugs and current work ----------------------- | |
32 | |
2098
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
33 Patch for access to freed memory. (Dominique Pelle, 2010 Feb 28) |
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
34 |
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
35 Update pythoncomplete. (Aaron Griffin, 2010 Feb 25) |
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
36 |
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
37 Patch for Visual Studio 2010. (George Reilly, 2010 Feb 26) |
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
38 Test 69 breaks. |
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
39 |
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
40 With cmdline window open, can drag the status line above it, but not another |
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
41 one. (Jean Johner, 2010 Feb 27) |
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
42 |
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
43 I often see pasted text (from Firefox, to Vim in xterm) appear twice. |
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
44 Also, Vim in xterm sometimes loses copy/paste ability (probably after running |
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
45 an external command). |
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
46 |
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
47 In netrw, click on last status lines causes netrw to open the last entry in |
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
48 the window. (Jean Johner, 2010 Feb 26) |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
49 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
50 iconv() doesn't fail on an illegal character, as documented. (Yongwei Wu, 2009 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
51 Nov 15, example Nov 26) Add argument to specify whether iconv() should fail |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
52 or replace with a character and continue? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
53 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
54 Add local time at start of --startuptime output. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
55 Requires configure check for localtime(). |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
56 Use format year-month-day hr:min:sec. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
57 |
2098
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
58 ":s" summary in :folddo is not correct. (Jean Johner, 2010 Feb 20) |
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
59 |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
60 Shell not recognized properly if it ends in "csh -f". (James Vega, 2009 Nov 3) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
61 Find tail? Might have a / in argument. Find space? Might have space in |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
62 path. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
63 |
2098
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
64 Patch to support netbeans in Unix console Vim. (Xavier de Gaye, 2009 Apr 26) |
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
65 Now with Mercurial repository (2010 Jan 2) |
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
66 |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
67 Crash when assigning s: to variable, pointer becomes invalid later. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
68 (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2009 Oct 12, confirmed by Dominique Pelle) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
69 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
70 Coverity: ask someone to create new user: Dominique. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
71 look into reported defects: http://scan.coverity.com/rung2.html |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
72 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
73 Bug with 'incsearch' going to wrong line. (Wolfram Kresse, 2009 Aug 17) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
74 Only with "vim -u NONE". |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
75 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
76 Problem with editing file in binary mode. (Ingo Krabbe, 2009 Oct 8) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
77 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
78 Support .xz with the xz program, like with lzma. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
79 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
80 Perl runtime files update. (Andy Lester, 2009 Aug 25) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
81 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
82 Gvimext patch to support wide file names. (Szabolcs Horvat 2008 Sep 10) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
83 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
84 Problem with stop directory in findfile(). (Adam Simpkins, 2009 Aug 26) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
85 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
86 Patch to support :browse for more commands. (Lech Lorens, 2009 Jul 18) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
87 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
88 Change to C syntax folding to make it work much faster, but a bit less |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
89 reliable. (Lech Lorens, 2009 Nov 9) Enable with an option? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
90 Most time is spent in in_id_list(). |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
91 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
92 New wordlist for Dutch: http://www.opentaal.org/bestanden/1_10/nl_NL-Pack |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
93 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
94 Check for unused functions, idea: |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
95 http://blog.flameeyes.eu/2008/01/17/today-how-to-identify-unused-exported-functions-and-variables |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
96 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
97 In command line window ":close" doesn't work properly. (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
98 Jun 1) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
99 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
100 Why does this give a #705 error: |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
101 let X = function('haslocaldir') |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
102 let X = function('getcwd') |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
103 Inserting "unlet X" helps. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
104 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
105 When a:base in 'completefunc' starts with a number it's passed as a number, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
106 not a string. (Sean Ma) Need to add flag to call_func_retlist() to force a |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
107 string value. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
108 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
109 Reproducable crash in syntax HL. (George Reilly, Dominique Pelle, 2009 May 9) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
110 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
111 Invalid read error in Farsi mode. (Dominique Pelle, 2009 Aug 2) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
112 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
113 Patch to add diff functionality to 2html.vim. (Christian Brabandt, 2009 Dec |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
114 15) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
115 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
116 For running gvim on an USB stick: avoid the OLE registration. Use a command |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
117 line argument -noregister. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
118 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
119 submatch() may remove backslash. (Sergey Goldgaber, 2009 Jul 6) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
120 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
121 Still a problem with ":make" in the wrong directory. Caused by ":bufdo". |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
122 (Ajit Thakkar, 2009 Jul 1) More information Jul 9, Jul 15. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
123 Caused by "doautoall syntaxset BufEnter *" in syntax/nosyntax.vim ? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
124 There also is a BufLeave/BufEnter aucmd to save/restore view. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
125 Does the patch to save/restore globaldir work? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
126 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
127 ":bufdo normal gg" while 'hidden' is set leaves buffers without syntax |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
128 highlighting. Don't disable Syntax autocommands then? Or add a flag/modifier |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
129 to avoid changing 'eventignore'? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
130 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
131 Patch for displaying 0x200c and 0x200d. (Ali Gholami Rudi, 2009 May 6) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
132 Probably needs a bit of work. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
133 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
134 List of encoding aliases. (Takao Fujiware, 2009 Jul 18) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
135 Are they all OK? Update Jul 22. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
136 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
137 Patch for completion of ":find" arguments. (Nazri Ramliy, 2009 Feb 22, 26) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
138 8 For ":find" and ":sfind" expand files found in 'path'. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
139 Update 2009 Mar 28. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
140 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
141 Win32: Expanding 'path' runs into a maximum size limit. (bgold12, 2009 Nov 15) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
142 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
143 Setting 'tags' to "tagsdir/*" does not find "tagsdir/tags". (Steven K. Wong, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
144 2009 Jul 18) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
145 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
146 ":e dir<Tab>" with 'wildmode' set to "list" doesn't highlight directory names |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
147 with a space. (Alexandre Provencio, 2009 Jun 9) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
148 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
149 Patch to add farsi handling to arabic.c (Ali Gholami Rudi, 2009 May 2) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
150 Added test, updates, June 23. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
151 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
152 Patch to add "focusonly" to 'scrollopt', so that scrollbind also applies in |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
153 window that doesn't have focus. (Jonathon Mah, 2009 Jan 12) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
154 Needs more work. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
155 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
156 Problem with <script> mappings (Andy Wokula, 2009 Mar 8) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
157 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
158 Patch to support netbeans for Mac. (Kazuki Sakamoto, 2009 Jun 25) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
159 |
2072 | 160 Patch to support clipboard for Mac terminal. (Jjgod Jiang, 2009 Aug 1) |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
161 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
162 When starting Vim with "gvim -f -u non_existent_file > foo.txt" there are a |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
163 few control characters in the output. (Dale Wiles, 2009 May 28) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
164 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
165 'cmdwinheight is only used in last window when 'winheight' is a large value. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
166 (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Apr 15) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
167 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
168 Status line containing winnr() isn't updated when splitting the window (Clark |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
169 J. Wang, 2009 Mar 31) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
170 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
171 Patch for vertical line at certain column position, 'guidecolumn' option. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
172 (Pankaj Garg, 2009 Apr 14, aka Lone, Apr 15) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
173 Update 2009 May 2, 'margincolumn' |
2072 | 174 Alternative patch. (2010 Feb 2, Gregor Uhlenheuer) |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
175 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
176 Add different highlighting for a fold line depending on the fold level. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
177 Patch. (Noel Henson, 2009 Sep 13) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
178 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
179 When 'ft' changes redraw custom status line. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
180 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
181 ":tab split fname" doesn't set the alternate file in the original window, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
182 because win_valid() always returns FALSE. Below win_new_tabpage() in |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
183 ex_docmd.c. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
184 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
185 Space before comma in function defenition not allowed: "function x(a , b)" |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
186 Give a more appropriate error message. Add a remark to the docs. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
187 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
188 string_convert() should be able to convert between utf-8 and utf-16le. Used |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
189 for GTK clipboard. Avoid requirement for iconv. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
190 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
191 Now that colnr_T is int instead of unsigned, more type casts can be removed. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
192 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
193 'delcombine' does not work for the command line. (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Jul |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
194 20) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
195 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
196 Unwanted file name escaping: ":echo input('file:' , '', 'file')" |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
197 And use file name completion on a file with spaces. (Frederic Hardy, 2009 Mar |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
198 23) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
199 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
200 Don't load macmap.vim on startup, turn it into a plugin. (Ron Aaron, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
201 2009 Apr 7) Reminder Apr 14. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
202 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
203 Add "no_hlsearch" to winsaveview(). |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
204 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
205 Cursorline highlighting combines with Search ('hlsearch') but not with |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
206 SpellBad. (Jim Karsten, 2009 Mar 18) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
207 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
208 When 'foldmethod' is "indent", using >> on a line just above a fold makes the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
209 cursor line folded. (Evan Laforge, 2009 Oct 17) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
210 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
211 When 'foldmethod' is "indent", adding an empty line below a fold and then |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
212 indented text, creates a new fold instead of joining it with the previous one. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
213 (Evan Laforge, 2009 Oct 17) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
214 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
215 Bug: When reloading a buffer changed outside of Vim, BufRead autocommands |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
216 are applied to the wrong buffer/window. (Ben Fritz, 2009 Apr 2, May 11) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
217 Ignore window options when not in the right window? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
218 Perhaps we need to use a hidden window for applying autocommands to a buffer |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
219 that doesn't have a window. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
220 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
221 When using "ab foo bar" and mapping <Tab> to <Esc>, pressing <Tab> after foo |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
222 doesn't trigger the abbreviation like <Esc> would. (Ramana Kumar, 2009 Sep 6) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
223 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
224 getbufvar() to get a window-local option value for a buffer that's not |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
225 displayed in a window should return the value that's stored for that buffer. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
226 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
227 ":he ctrl_u" can be auto-corrected to ":he ctrl-u". |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
228 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
229 Patch to make synIDattr() work for GUI attributes in Vim without GUI feature. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
230 (Matt Wozniski, 2009 Apr 15) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
231 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
232 There should be a way after an abbreviation has expanded to go back to what |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
233 was typed. CTRL-G h ? Would also undo last word or line break inserted |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
234 perhaps. And undo CTRL-W. CTRL-G l would redo. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
235 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
236 Win32: A --remote command that has a directory name starting with a ( doesn't |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
237 work, the backslash is removed, assuming that it escapes the (. (Valery |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
238 Kondakoff, 2009 May 13) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
239 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
240 Win32 GUI: Changing manifest helps for dpi changes (Joe Castro, 2009 Mar 27) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
241 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
242 Win32: patch for better font scaling. (George Reilly, 2009 Mar 26) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
243 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
244 Win32 GUI: last message from startup doesn't show up when there is an echoerr |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
245 command. (Cyril Slobin, 2009 Mar 13) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
246 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
247 Win32: use different args for SearchPath()? (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2009 Jan 30) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
248 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
249 Win32: completion of file name ":e c:\!test" results in ":e c:\\!test", which |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
250 does not work. (Nieko Maatjes, 2009 Jan 8, Ingo Karkat, 2009 Jan 22) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
251 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
252 Directory wrong in session file, caused by ":lcd" in BufEnter autocommand. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
253 (Felix Kater, 2009 Mar 3) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
254 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
255 maparg() doesn't return the flags, such as <buffer>, <script>, <silent>. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
256 These are needed to save and restore a mapping. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
257 Also: the rhs string is not always correct. (Hari Krishna Dara, 2009 Sept 29) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
258 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
259 Using ~ works OK on 'a' with composing char, but not on 0x0418 with composing |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
260 char 0x0301. (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Mar 4) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
261 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
262 6 In the quickfix window statusline add the command used to get the list of |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
263 errors, e.g. ":make foo", ":grep something *.c". |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
264 Patch by Lech Lorens, 2009 Mar 23. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
265 Comments from Andreas Bernauer 24th, Dominique Pelle 24th |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
266 Docs patch by Dominique Pelle, Mar 25 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
267 Update 2009 Mar 28. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
268 Fix for invalid memory access. (Lech Lorens, 2009 Apr 17) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
269 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
270 Inconsistent: starting with $LANG set to es_ES.utf-8 gives Spanish |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
271 messages, even though locale is not supported. But ":lang messages |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
272 es_ES.utf-8" gives an error and doesn't switch messages. (Dominique Pelle, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
273 2009 Jan 26) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
274 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
275 When $HOME contains special characters, sich as a comma, escape them when used |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
276 in an option. (Michael Hordijk, 2009 May 5) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
277 Turn "esc" argument of expand_env_esc() into string of chars to be escaped. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
278 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
279 Can 'undolevels' be a buffer-local option? Helps for making big changes in |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
280 one file only, set 'ul' to -1 only for that buffer. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
281 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
282 Should make 'ignorecase' global-local, so that it makes sense setting it from |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
283 a modeline. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
284 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
285 Add cscope target to Makefile. (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Jun 18, replies by |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
286 Sergey Khorev) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
287 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
288 Consider making YankRing or something else that keeps a list of yanked text |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
289 part of standard Vim. The "1 to "9 registers are not sufficient. |
1624 | 290 |
1698 | 291 netrw: dragging status line causes selection of entry. Should check row |
292 number to be below last visible line. | |
293 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
294 Make do_do_join() work faster. Could at least do a binary search way of doing |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
295 this. Hint from Dominique Pelle, Dec 10; Lee Naish, Dec 11. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
296 Patch from Milan Vancura, 2008 Dec 22. Update 2009 Jan 7 in two parts. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
297 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
298 After doing "su" $HOME can be the old user's home, thus ~root/file is not |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
299 correct. Don't use it in the swap file. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
300 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
301 Completion for ":buf" doesn't work properly on Win32 when 'shellslash' is off. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
302 (Henrik Ohman, 2009, Jan 29) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
303 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
304 Allow patches to add something to version.c, like with an official patch, so |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
305 that :version output shows which patches have been applied. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
306 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
307 Have a look at patch for utf-8 line breaking. (Yongwei Wu, 2008 Mar 1, Mar 23) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
308 Now at: http://vimgadgets.sourceforge.net/liblinebreak/ |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
309 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
310 Greek sigma character should be lower cased depending on the context. Can we |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
311 make this work? (Dominique Pelle, 2009 Sep 24) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
312 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
313 Disable setting 'encoding' from a modeline? It usually causes problems, can't |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
314 do any good. (Patch from Patrick Texier, 2008 Dec 9) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
315 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
316 When changing 'encoding' convert all the swap file names, so that we can |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
317 still delete them. Also convert all buffer file names? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
318 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
319 "gqip" in Insert mode has an off-by-one error, causing it to reflow text. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
320 (Raul Coronado, 2009 Nov 2) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
321 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
322 Update src/testdir/main.aap. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
323 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
324 "vim -c 'sniff connect'" hangs Vim. (Dominique Pelle, 2008 Dec 7) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
325 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
326 Something wrong with session that has "cd" commands and "badd", in such a way |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
327 that Vim doesn't find the edited file in the buffer list, causing the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
328 ATTENTION message? (Tony Mechelynck, 2008 Dec 1) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
329 Also: swap files are in ~/tmp/ One has relative file name ".mozilla/...". |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
330 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
331 Add v:motion_force. (Kana Natsuno, 2008 Dec 6) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
332 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
333 Redraw problem when appending digraph causes line to wrap. (James Vega, 2007 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
334 Sep 18) Patch by Ian Kelling, 2008 Aug 8. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
335 |
1668 | 336 Runtime files for Clojure. (Toralf Wittner, 2008 Jun 25) |
337 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
338 MS-Windows: editing the first, empty buffer, 'ffs' set to "unix,dos", ":enew" |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
339 doesn't set 'ff' to "unix". (Ben Fritz, 2008 Dec 5) Reusing the old buffer |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
340 probably causes this. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
341 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
342 'scrollbind' is not respected when deleting lines or undo. (Milan Vancura, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
343 1009 Jan 16) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
344 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
345 Document that default font in Athena can be set with resources: |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
346 XtDefaultFont: "9x15" |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
347 XtDefaultFontSet: "9x15" |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
348 (Richard Sherman, 2009 Apr 12) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
349 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
350 Having "Syntax" in 'eventignore' for :bufdo may cause problems, e.g. for |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
351 ":bufdo e" when buffers are open in windows. ex_listdo(eap) could set the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
352 option only for when jumping to another buffer, not when the command argument |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
353 is executed. |
1668 | 354 |
355 Crash with dragn-n-drop of file combined with netrw (Marius Gedminas, 2008 Jun | |
356 11) I can't reproduce it. It's probably caused by a handle_drop() call | |
357 in combination with autocommands that invoke a ":redraw" command. | |
358 Another valgrind output Jun 30. | |
1624 | 359 |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
360 ":pedit %" with a BufReadPre autocommand causes the cursor to move to the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
361 first line. (Ingo Karkat, 2008 Jul 1) Ian Kelling is working on this. |
1624 | 362 |
363 Wildmenu not deleted: "gvim -u NONE", ":set nocp wildmenu cmdheight=3 | |
364 laststatus=2", CTRL-D CTRL-H CTRL-H CTRL-H. (A.Politz, 2008 April 1) | |
365 Works OK with Vim in an xterm. | |
366 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
367 Cursor line moves in other window when using CTRL-W J that doesn't change |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
368 anything. (Dasn, 2009 Apr 7) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
369 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
370 On Unix "glob('does not exist~')" returns the string. Without the "~" it |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
371 doesn't. (John Little, 2008 Nov 9) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
372 Shell expansion returns unexpanded string? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
373 Don't use shell when "~" is not at the start? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
374 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
375 ":unlet $VAR" doesn't work. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
376 |
1698 | 377 When using ":e ++enc=foo file" and the file is already loaded with |
378 'fileencoding' set to "bar", then do_ecmd() uses that buffer, even though the | |
379 fileencoding differs. Reload the buffer in this situation? Need to check for | |
380 the buffer to be unmodified. | |
381 Unfinished patch by Ian Kelling, 2008 Jul 11. Followup Jul 14, need to have | |
382 another look at it. | |
383 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
384 Patch for c.vim and cpp.vim syntax files. (Chung-chieh Shan, 2008 Nov 26) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
385 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
386 c.vim: XXX in a comment is colored yellow, but not when it's after "#if 0". |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
387 (Ilya Dogolazky, 2009 Aug 7) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
388 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
389 Win32: ":dis +" shows nothing, but "+p does insert text. Problem with "* and |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
390 "+ being the same thing? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
391 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
392 You can type ":w ++bad=x fname", but the ++bad argument is ignored. Give an |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
393 error message? Or is this easy to implement? (Nathan Stratton Treadway, 2008 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
394 Aug 20) This is in ucs2bytes(), search for 0xBF. Using the ++bad argument is |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
395 at the other match for 0xBF. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
396 |
1624 | 397 Fix for matchparen HL doesn't work. beep. |
398 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
399 When adding "-complete=file" to a user command this also changes how the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
400 argument is processed for <f-args>. (Ivan Tishchenko, 2008 Aug 19) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
401 |
1624 | 402 Win32: associating a type with Vim doesn't take care of space after a |
403 backslash? (Robert Vibrant, 2008 Jun 5) | |
404 | |
405 After using <Tab> for command line completion after ":ta blah" and getting E33 | |
406 (no tags file), further editing the command to e.g., ":echo 'blah'", the | |
1698 | 407 command is not executed. Fix by Ian Kelling? |
1624 | 408 |
1698 | 409 ":help s/~" jumps to *s/\~*, while ":help s/\~" doesn't find anything. (Tim |
410 Chase) Fix by Ian Kelling, 2008 Jul 14. | |
411 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
412 ":colorscheme" without arguments should echo the current color scheme name. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
413 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
414 After using ":recover" or recovering a file in another way, ":x" doesn't save |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
415 what you see. Mark the buffer as modified? Only when the text is actually |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
416 different from the original file? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
417 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
418 Use "\U12345678" for 32 bit Unicode characters? (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
419 Apr 6) Or use "\u(123456)", similar to Perl. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
420 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
421 When mapping : to ; and ; to :, @; doesn't work like @: and @: doesn't work |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
422 either. Matt Wozniski: nv_at() calls do_execreg() which uses |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
423 put_in_typebuf(). Char mapped twice? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
424 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
425 Patch for colorscheme submenu. (Juergen Kraemer, 2008 Aug 20) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
426 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
427 Patch for Python 3 support. (Roland Puntaier, 2009 Sep 22) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
428 Includes changes for omnicompletion. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
429 Needs to be tested. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
430 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
431 8 Some file systems are case-sensitive, some are not. Turn |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
432 CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME into an option, at least for completion. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
433 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
434 9 Make it possible to drag a tab page label to another position with the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
435 mouse. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
436 Patch by Paul B. Mahol, 2008 Aug 29. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
437 |
1624 | 438 Despite adding save_subexpr() this still doesn't work properly: |
439 Regexp: matchlist('12a4aaa', '^\(.\{-}\)\(\%5c\@<=a\+\)\(.\+\)\?') | |
440 Returns ['12a4', 'aaa', '4aaa'], should be ['12a4', 'aaa', ''] | |
441 Backreference not cleared when retrying after \@<= fails? | |
442 (Brett Stahlman, 2008 March 8) | |
443 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
444 Problem with remote_send(). (Charles Campbell, 2008 Aug 12) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
445 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
446 ftplugin for help file should set 'isk' to help file value. |
1698 | 447 |
1624 | 448 Win32: remote editing fails when the current directory name contains "[". |
449 (Ivan Tishchenko, Liu Yubao) Suggested patch by Chris Lubinski: Avoid | |
450 escaping characters where the backslash is not removed later. Asked Chris for | |
451 an alternate solution, also for src/ex_getln.c. | |
1668 | 452 This also fails when the file or directory name contains "%". (Thoml, 2008 |
453 July 7) | |
1624 | 454 |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
455 Win32: The "4913" file is sometimes not deleted. Perhaps another program has |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
456 opened it? Use FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE? (Craig Barkhouse, 2009 Nov 6) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
457 |
1624 | 458 The str2special() function doesn't handle multi-byte characters properly. |
459 Patch from Vladimir Vichniakov, 2007 Apr 24. | |
460 Should clean up the whole function. Also allow modifiers like <S-Char-32>? | |
461 find_special_key() also has this problem. | |
462 | |
463 Problem with 'langmap' parsing. (James Vega, 2008 Jan 27) | |
464 Problem with 'langmap' being used on the rhs of a mapping. (Nikolai Weibull, | |
465 2008 May 14) | |
466 | |
467 Problem with CTRL-F. (Charles Campbell, 2008 March 21) | |
468 Only happens with "gvim -geometry "160x26+4+27" -u NONE -U NONE prop.c". | |
469 'lines' is 54. (2008 March 27) | |
470 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
471 Problem with pointer wrapping around in getvcol(). (Wolfgang Kroworsch, 2008 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
472 Oct 19) Check for "col" being "MAXCOL" separately? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
473 |
1624 | 474 Unexpectedly inserting a double quote. (Anton Woellert, 2008 Mar 23) |
475 Works OK when 'cmdheight' is 2. | |
476 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
477 Test54 should not use shell commands. Make it portable. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
478 |
1624 | 479 The utf class table is missing some entries: |
480 0x2212, minus sign | |
481 0x2217, star | |
482 0x2500, bar | |
483 0x26ab, circle | |
484 | |
485 Visual line mode doesn't highlight properly when 'showbreak' is used and the | |
486 line doesn't fit. (Dasn, 2008 May 1) | |
487 | |
488 GUI: In Normal mode can't yank the modeless selection. Make "gy" do this? | |
489 Works like CTRL-Y in Command line mode. | |
490 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
491 Mac: Move Carbon todo items to os_mac.txt. Note that this version is frozen, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
492 try the Cocoa version. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
493 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
494 Mac: Patch to disable antialias. (LC Mi, 2008 Aug 23) Tested on 10.5 and |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
495 10.4. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
496 |
1125 | 497 Mac: After a ":vsplit" the left scrollbar doesn't appear until 'columns' is |
498 changed or the window is resized. | |
499 | |
1624 | 500 Mac: Patch for configure: remove arch from ruby link args. (Knezevic, 2008 |
501 Mar 5) Alternative: Kazuki Sakamoto, Mar 7. | |
502 | |
1698 | 503 Mac: trouble compiling with Motif, requires --disable-darwin. (Raf, 2008 Aug |
504 1) Reply by Ben Schmidt. | |
505 | |
1624 | 506 ":emenu" works with the translated menu name. Should also work with the |
507 untranslated name. Would need to store both the English and the translated | |
508 name. Patch by Bjorn Winckler, 2008 Mar 30. | |
509 | |
510 C't: On utf-8 system, editing file with umlaut through Gnome results in URL | |
511 with %nn%nn, which is taken as two characters instead of one. | |
512 Try to reproduce at work. | |
513 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
514 Patch for default choice in file changed dialog. (Bjorn Winckler, 2008 Oct 19) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
515 Is there a way to list all the files first? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
516 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
517 When 'smartcase' is set and using CTRL-L to add to the search pattern it may |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
518 result in no matches. Convert chars to lower case? (Erik Wognsen, 2009 Apr |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
519 16) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
520 |
1624 | 521 Patch for redo register. (Ben Schmidt, 2007 Oct 19) |
522 Await response to question to make the register writable. | |
523 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
524 src/testdir/Make_dos.mak: not all tests are included, e.g., test49, without a |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
525 remark why. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
526 |
1624 | 527 Problem with 'ts' set to 9 and 'showbreak' to ">>>". (Matthew Winn, 2007 Oct |
528 1) | |
529 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
530 In the swapfile dialog, add a H(elp) option that gives more info about what |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
531 each choice does. Similar to ":help swap-exists-choices" |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
532 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
533 try/catch not working for argument of return. (Matt Wozniski, 2008 Sep 15) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
534 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
535 Recognize and ignore BOM in error file. (Aleksey Baibarin) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
536 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
537 ":tab help" always opens a new tab, while ":help" re-uses an existing window. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
538 Would be more consistent when an existing tab is re-used. (Tony Mechelynck) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
539 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
540 ":tab drop filename" doesn't work nicely when "filename" is open in a window |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
541 in another tab. (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Feb 13) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
542 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
543 Add ":nofold". Range will apply without expanding to closed fold. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
544 |
1624 | 545 Including NFA regexp code: |
546 Use "\%#= to set the engine: 0 = automatic, 1 = backtracking, 2 = new. | |
547 Useful in tests. | |
548 Performance tests: | |
549 - ~/vim/test/veryslow.js (file from Daniel Fetchinson) | |
550 - ~/vim/test/slowsearch | |
551 - ~/vim/test/rgb.vim | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
552 - ~/vim/text/FeiqCfg.xml (file from Netjune) |
1624 | 553 - search for a.*e*exn in the vim executable. Go to last line to use |
554 'hlsearch'. | |
1125 | 555 |
556 Using Aap to build Vim: add remarks about how to set personal preferences. | |
557 Example on http://www.calmar.ws/tmp/aap.html | |
558 | |
1624 | 559 Syntax highlighting wrong for transparent region. (Doug Kearns, 2007 Feb 26) |
560 Bug in using a transparent syntax region. (Hanlen in vim-dev maillist, 2007 | |
561 Jul 31) | |
1125 | 562 |
563 C syntax: {} inside () causes following {} to be highlighted as error. | |
564 (Michalis Giannakidis, 2006 Jun 1) | |
565 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
566 Can't easily close the help window, like ":pc" closes the preview window and |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
567 ":ccl" closes the quickfix window. Add ":hclose". (Chris Gaal) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
568 |
1624 | 569 When 'diffopt' has "context:0" a single deleted line causes two folds to merge |
570 and mess up syncing. (Austin Jennings, 2008 Jan 31) | |
571 | |
1125 | 572 Gnome improvements: Edward Catmur, 2007 Jan 7 |
573 Also use Save/Discard for other GUIs | |
574 | |
575 New PHP syntax file, use it? (Peter Hodge) | |
576 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
577 Patch go make gui highlight settings work in Vim without +gui feature. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
578 (Matt Wozniski, 2009 Mar 27) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
579 |
1125 | 580 'foldcolumn' in modeline applied to wrong window when using a session. (Teemu |
581 Likonen, March 19) | |
582 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
583 Test 54 uses shell commands, that doesn't work on non-Unix systems. Use some |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
584 other way to test buffer-local autocommands. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
585 |
1698 | 586 The documentation mentions the priority for ":2match" and ":3match", but it |
587 appears the last one wins. (John Beckett, 2008 Jul 22) Caused by adding | |
588 matchadd()? Suggested patch by John, 2008 Jul 24. | |
589 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
590 When 'encoding' is utf-8 the command line is redrawn as a whole on every |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
591 character typed. (Tyler Spivey, 2008 Sep 3) Only redraw cmdline for |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
592 'arabicshape' when there is a character on the command line for which |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
593 (ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) is TRUE. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
594 |
1624 | 595 Replace ccomplete.vim by cppcomplete.vim from www.vim.org? script 1520 |
596 by Vissale Neang. (Martin Stubenschrott) | |
597 Asked Vissale to make the scripts more friendly for the Vim distribution. | |
598 New version received 2008 Jan 6. | |
599 | |
600 Cheng Fang made javacomplete. (2007 Aug 11) | |
601 Asked about latest version: 0.77.1 is on www.vim.org. | |
1125 | 602 |
603 More AmigaOS4 patches. (Peter Bengtsson, Nov 9) | |
604 | |
1698 | 605 Insert mode completion: When editing the text and pressing CTRL-N again goes |
606 back to originally completed text, edited text is gone. (Peng Yu, 2008 Jul 24) | |
607 Suggestion by Ben Schmidt, 2008 Aug 6. | |
1624 | 608 |
609 Problem with compound words? (Bert, 2008 May 6) | |
610 No warning for when flags are defined after they are used in an affix. | |
611 | |
612 Screen redrawing when continuously updating the buffer and resizing the | |
613 terminal. (Yakov Lerner, 2006 Sept 7) | |
1125 | 614 |
615 Add option settings to help ftplugin. (David Eggum, 2006 Dec 18) | |
616 | |
1624 | 617 Autoconf problem: when checking for iconv library we may add -L/usr/local/lib, |
618 but when compiling further tests -liconv is added without the -L argument, | |
619 that may fail (e.g., sizeof(int)). (Blaine, 2007 Aug 21) | |
1125 | 620 |
621 When opening quickfix window, disable spell checking? | |
622 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
623 Problem with ".add" files when using two languages and restarting Vim. (Raul |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
624 Coronado, 2008 Oct 30) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
625 |
1624 | 626 Popup menu redraw: Instead of first redrawing the text and then drawing the |
627 popup menu over it, first draw the new popup menu, remember its position and | |
628 size and then redraw the text, skipping the characters under the popup menu. | |
629 This should avoid flicker. Other solution by A.Politz, 2007 Aug 22. | |
630 | |
1698 | 631 When the popup menu is close to the edge of the window it is truncated. Patch |
632 to anchor the popup menu in a different way. (James Vega, 2008 Jul 30) | |
633 | |
1226 | 634 Windows 98: pasting from the clipboard with text from another application has |
635 a trailing NUL. (Joachim Hofmann) Perhaps the length specified for CF_TEXT | |
636 isn't right? | |
637 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
638 When a register contains illegal bytes, writing viminfo in utf-8 and reading |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
639 it back doesn't result in utf-8. (Devin Bayer) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
640 |
1698 | 641 Command line completion: Scanning for tags doesn't check for typed key now and |
642 then? Hangs for about 5 seconds. Appears to be caused by finding include | |
643 files with "foo/**" in 'path'. (Kalisiak, 2006 July 15) | |
1668 | 644 Additional info: When using the |wildcards| ** globing, vim hangs |
645 indefinitely on lots of directories. The |file-searching| globing, like in | |
646 ":set path=/**" does not hang as often as with globing with |wildcards|, like | |
647 in ":1find /**/file". This is for a files that unix "find" can find very | |
648 quick. Merging the 2 kinds of globing might make this an easier fix. (Ian | |
649 Kelling, 2008 July 4) | |
1125 | 650 |
1624 | 651 When the file name has parenthesis, e.g., "foo (bar).txt", ":!ls '%'" has the |
652 parenthesis escaped but not the space. That's inconsistent. Either escape | |
653 neither or both. No escaping might be best, because it doesn't depend on | |
654 particularities of the shell. (Zvi Har'El, 2007 Nov 10) (Teemu Likonen, 2008 | |
655 Jun 3) | |
656 However, for backwards compatibility escaping might be necessary. Check if | |
657 the user put quotes around the expanded item? | |
1125 | 658 |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
659 Error E324 can be given when a cron script has wiped out our temp directory. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
660 Give a clear error message about this (and tell them not to wipe out /tmp). |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
661 |
1125 | 662 Color for cUserLabel should differ from case label, so that a mistake in a |
663 switch list is noticed: | |
664 switch (i) | |
665 { | |
666 case 1: | |
667 foobar: | |
668 } | |
669 | |
670 Look at http://www.gtk-server.org/ . It has a Vim script implementation. | |
671 | |
1624 | 672 Netbeans problem. Use "nc -l 127.0.0.1 55555" for the server, then run gvim |
673 with "gvim -nb:localhost:55555:foo". From nc do: '1:editFile!0 "foo"'. Then | |
674 go to Insert mode and add a few lines. Then backspacing every other time | |
675 moves the cursor instead of deleting. (Chris Kaiser, 2007 Sep 25) | |
676 | |
1125 | 677 Changes for Win32 makefile. (Mike Williams, 2007 Jan 22, Alexei Alexandrov, |
678 2007 Feb 8) | |
679 | |
680 Patch for Win32 clipboard under Cygwin. (Frodak Baksik, Feb 15) | |
681 Sutcliffe says it works well. | |
1624 | 682 Update 2007 May 22 for Vim 7.1 |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
683 Update 2008 Dec 2008 for Vim 7.2.xx (Sharonov) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
684 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
685 Win32: Can't complete shell command names. Why is setting xp_context in |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
686 set_one_cmd_context() inside #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME? |
1125 | 687 |
688 Win32: Patch for convert_filterW(). (Taro Muraoka, 2007 Mar 2) | |
689 | |
1624 | 690 Win32: Patch for cscope external command. (Mike Williams, 2007 Aug 7) |
691 | |
1125 | 692 Win32: XPM support only works with path without spaces. Patch by Mathias |
693 Michaelis, 2006 Jun 9. Another patch for more path names, 2006 May 31. | |
694 New version: http://members.tcnet.ch/michaelis/vim/patches.zip (also for other | |
695 patches by Mathias, see mail Feb 22) | |
696 | |
697 Win32: compiling with normal features and OLE fails. Patch by Mathias | |
698 Michaelis, 2006 Jun 4. | |
699 | |
700 Win32: echo doesn't work for gvim.exe.mnf. Use inline file. Patch by Mathias | |
701 Michaelis. http://groups.yahoo.com/group/vimdev/message/43765 | |
702 Patch that includes this and does more by George Reilly, 2007 Feb 12 | |
703 | |
704 Win16: include patches to make Win16 version work. (Vince Negri, 2006 May 22) | |
705 | |
706 Win32: after "[I" showing matches, scroll wheel messes up screen. (Tsakiridis, | |
707 2007 Feb 18) | |
1624 | 708 Patch by Alex Dobrynin, 2007 Jun 3. Also fixes other scroll wheel problems. |
1125 | 709 |
710 Win32: using CTRL-S in Insert mode doesn't remove the "+" from the tab pages | |
1702 | 711 label. (Tsakiridis, 2007 Feb 18) Patch from Ian Kelling, 2008 Aug 6. |
712 | |
1624 | 713 Win32: using "gvim --remote-tab-silent fname" sometimes gives an empty screen |
714 with the more prompt. Caused by setting the guitablabel? (Thomas Michael | |
715 Engelke, 2007 Dec 20 - 2008 Jan 17) | |
1125 | 716 |
717 Win64: diff.exe crashes on Win64. (Julianne Bailey, 2006 Dec 12) | |
718 Build another diff.exe somehow? | |
719 | |
720 Win64: Seek error in swap file for a very big file (3 Gbyte). Check storing | |
721 pointer in long and seek offset in 64 bit var. | |
722 | |
1624 | 723 Win32: patch for fullscreen mode. (Liushaolin, 2008 April 17) |
724 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
725 Win32: When 'shell' is cmd.exe this command fails: |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
726 echo system('"c:/path/echo.exe" "foo bar"') |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
727 Should we set the default for 'shellxquote' to a double quote, when 'shell' |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
728 contains "cmd" in the tail? (Benjamin Fritz, 2008 Oct 13) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
729 Also set 'shellcmdflag' to include /s. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
730 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
731 Win32: When there is 4 Gbyte of memory mch_avail_mem() doesn't work properly. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
732 Unfished patch by Jelle Geerts, 2008 Aug 24. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
733 Let mch_avail_mem() return Kbyte instead? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
734 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
735 Win32: With two monitors, gvim partly on both, and adding/removing a scrollbar |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
736 Vim resizes and moves to one of the monitors. (Chris Monkiewicz, 2008 Oct) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
737 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
738 Win32: When 'shell' is bash shellescape() doesn't always do the right thing. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
739 Depends on 'shellslash', 'shellquote' and 'shellxquote', but shellescape() |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
740 only takes 'shellslash' into account. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
741 |
1698 | 742 When file b is a link to file a and editing b twice you get the correct |
743 warning for existing swap file, but when trying to recover it doesn't find the | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
744 swapfile. (Matt Wozniski, 2008 Aug 5) Patch by Ian Kelling, 2008 Aug 11. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
745 Another patch by James Vega, 2008 Aug 20, again 2008 Sep 3. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
746 Also solves: Problem finding swap file for recovery. (Gautam Iyer, 2006 May 16) |
1698 | 747 |
1624 | 748 Pressing the 'pastetoggle' key doesn't update the statusline. (Jan Christoph |
749 Ebersbach, 2008 Feb 1) | |
750 | |
751 Menu item that does "xxd -r" doesn't work when 'fileencoding' is utf-16. | |
752 Check for this and use iconv? (Edward L. Fox, 2007 Sep 12) | |
753 Does the conversion in the other direction work when 'filenecodings' is set | |
754 properly? | |
755 | |
756 Cursor displayed in the wrong position when using 'numberwidth'. (James Vega, | |
757 2007 Jun 21) | |
758 | |
759 When $VAR contains a backslash expand('$VAR') removes it. (Teemu Likonen, 2008 | |
760 Jun 18) | |
761 | |
762 If the variable "g:x#y#z" exists completion after ":echo g:x#" doesn't work. | |
763 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
764 Feature request: Command to go to previous tab, like what CTRL-W p does for |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
765 windows. (Adam George) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
766 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
767 When using input() in a loop and then ":echo" the display column isn't right. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
768 (Benjamin Fritz, 2008 Aug 28) Patch by Ben Schmidt, 2008 Sep 2. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
769 |
1624 | 770 F1 - F4 in an xterm produce a different escape sequence when used with a |
771 modifier key. Need to catch three different sequences. Use K_ZF1, like | |
772 K_ZHOME? (Dickey, 2007 Dec 2) | |
1125 | 773 |
774 UTF-8: mapping a multi-byte key where the second byte is 0x80 doesn't appear | |
775 to work. (Tony Mechelynck, 2007 March 2) | |
776 | |
777 In debug mode, using CTRL-R = to evaluate a function causes stepping through | |
778 the function. (Hari Krishna Dara, 2006 Jun 28) | |
779 | |
780 C++ indenting wrong with "=". (James Kanze, 2007 Jan 26) | |
781 | |
782 ":lockvar" should use copyID to avoid endless loop. | |
783 | |
1624 | 784 When using --remote-silent and the file name matches 'wildignore' get an E479 |
1668 | 785 error. without --remote-silent it works fine. (Ben Fritz, 2008 Jun 20) |
1226 | 786 |
1125 | 787 Gvim: dialog for closing Vim should check if Vim is busy writing a file. Then |
788 use a different dialog: "busy saving, really quit? yes / no". | |
789 | |
790 Check other interfaces for changing curbuf in a wrong way. Patch like for | |
791 if_ruby.c. | |
792 | |
793 ":helpgrep" should use the directory from 'helpfile'. | |
794 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
795 Patch to dynamically load Python on Solaris. (Danek Duvall, 2009 Feb 16) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
796 Needs more work. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
797 |
1125 | 798 The need_fileinfo flag is messy. Instead make the message right away and put |
799 it in keep_msg? | |
800 | |
801 Editing a file remotely that matches 'wildignore' results in a "no match" | |
802 error. Should only happen when there are wildards, not when giving the file | |
803 name literally, and esp. if there is only one name. | |
804 | |
874 | 805 Test 61 fails sometimes. This is a timing problem: "sleep 2" sometimes takes |
806 longer than 2 seconds. | |
857 | 807 |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
808 Using ":au CursorMoved * cmd" invokes mch_FullName(), which can be slow. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
809 Can this be avoided? (Thomas Waba, 2008 Aug 24) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
810 Also for ":w" without a file name. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
811 The buffer has the full path in ffname, should pass this to the autocommand. |
1624 | 812 |
813 "vim -C" often has 'nocompatible', because it's set in some startup script. | |
814 Set 'compatible' after startup is done? Patch by James Vega, 2008 Feb 7. | |
815 | |
1125 | 816 VMS: while editing a file found in complex, Vim will save file into the first |
817 directory of the path and not to the original location of the file. | |
818 (Zoltan Arpadffy) | |
819 | |
1624 | 820 VMS: VFC files are in some cases truncated during reading (Zoltan Arpadffy) |
821 | |
1125 | 822 input() completion should not insert a backslash to escape a space in a file |
823 name? | |
824 | |
825 getpos()/setpos() don't include curswant. getpos() could return a fifth | |
826 element. setpos() could accept an optional fifth element. | |
827 | |
828 Ruby completion is insecure. Can this be fixed? | |
829 | |
830 When 'backupskip' is set from $TEMP special characters need to be escaped. | |
831 (patch by Grembowietz, 2007 Feb 26, not quite right) | |
832 Another problem is that file_pat_to_reg_pat() doesn't recognize "\\", so "\\(" | |
833 will be seen as a path separator plus "\(". | |
834 | |
2072 | 835 gvim d:\path\path\(FILE).xml should not remove the \ before the (. |
836 This also fails with --remote. | |
837 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
838 When doing ":quit" the Netbeans "killed" event isn't sent. (Xavier de Gaye, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
839 2008 Nov 10) call netbeans_file_closed() at the end of buf_freeall(), or in |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
840 all places where buf_freeall() is called? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
841 |
1125 | 842 ":python os.chdir('/tmp')" makes short buffer names invalid. (Xavier de Gaye) |
843 Check directory and call shorten_fnames()? | |
844 | |
845 aucmd_prepbuf() should also use a window in another tab page. | |
846 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
847 When unloading a buffer in a BufHidden autocommand the hidden flag is reset? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
848 (Bob Hiestand, 2008 Aug 26, Aug 27) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
849 |
1125 | 850 Substituting an area with a line break with almost the same area does change |
851 the Visual area. Can this be fixed? (James Vega, 2006 Sept 15) | |
852 | |
853 Windows installer could add a "open in new tab of existing Vim" menu entry. | |
1624 | 854 Gvimext: patch to add "Edit with single Vim &tabbed" menu entry. |
855 Just have two choices, always using one Vim and selecting between using an | |
856 argument list or opening each file in a separate tab. | |
1668 | 857 (Erik Falor, 2008 May 21, 2008 Jun 26) |
1125 | 858 |
859 GUI: When combining fg en bg make sure they are not equal. | |
860 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
861 Spell checking: Add a way to specify punctuation characters. Add the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
862 superscript numbers by default: 0x2070, 0xb9, 0xb2, 0xb3, 0x2074 - 0x2079. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
863 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
864 Spell checking in popup menu: If the only problem is the case of the first |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
865 character, don't offer "ignore" and "add to word list". |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
866 |
1125 | 867 Use different pt_br dictionary for spell checking. (Jackson A. Aquino, 2006 |
868 Jun 5) | |
869 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
870 Use different romanian dictionary for spell checking. (Andrei Popescu, Nov |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
871 2008) Use http://downloads.sourceforge.net/rospell/ro_RO.3.2.zip |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
872 Or the hunspell-ro.3.2.tar.gz file, it also has a iso-8859-2 list. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
873 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
874 In a C file with spell checking, in "% integer" "nteger" is seen as an error, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
875 but "]s" doesn't find it. "nteger" by itself is found. (Ralf Wildenhues, 2008 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
876 Jul 22) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
877 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
878 There should be something about spell checking in the user manual. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
879 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
880 Spell menu: When using the Popup menu to select a replacement word, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
881 ":spellrepeat" doesn't work. SpellReplace() uses setline(). Can it use "z=" |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
882 somehow? Or use a new function. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
883 |
1125 | 884 Mac: Using gvim: netrw window disappears. (Nick Lo, 2006 Jun 21) |
885 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
886 Mac: OS/X 10.4 with Python 2.5 installed: configure finds an extra argument |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
887 that breaks the build. (Brian Victor, 2008 Sep 1) |
1698 | 888 |
1125 | 889 Add an option to specify the character to use when a double-width character is |
890 moved to the next line. Default '>', set to a space to blank it out. Check | |
891 that char is single width when it's set (compare with 'listchars'). | |
892 | |
893 The generated vim.bat can avoid the loop for NT. (Carl Zmola, 2006 Sep 3) | |
894 | |
895 Session file creation: 'autochdir' causes trouble. Keep it off until after | |
896 loading all files. | |
897 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
898 Win32: When 'autochdir' is on and 'encoding' is changed, files on the command |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
899 line are opened again, but from the wrong directory. Apply 'autochdir' only |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
900 after starting up? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
901 |
2072 | 902 When showing a diff between a non-existent file and an existing one, with the |
1624 | 903 cursor in the empty buffer, the other buffer only shows the last line. Change |
904 the "insert" into a change from one line to many? (Yakov Lerner, 2008 May 27) | |
905 | |
906 Add autocommand for when a tabpage is being closed. Also for when a tab page | |
907 has been created. | |
908 | |
909 Using ":make" blocks Vim. Allow running one make in the background (if the | |
910 shell supports it), catch errors in a file and update the error list on the | |
911 fly. A bit like "!make > file&" and repeating ":cf file". ":bgmake", | |
912 background make. ":bgcancel" interrupts it. | |
913 A.Politz may work on this. | |
1125 | 914 |
915 These two abbreviations don't give the same result: | |
916 let asdfasdf = "xyz\<Left>" | |
917 cabbr XXX <C-R>=asdfasdf<CR> | |
918 cabbr YYY xyz<Left> | |
919 | |
920 Michael Dietrich: maximized gvim sometimes displays output of external command | |
921 partly. (2006 Dec 7) | |
922 | |
923 In FileChangedShell command it's no longer allowed to switch to another | |
924 buffer. But the changed buffer may differ from the current buffer, how to | |
925 reload it then? | |
926 | |
927 New syntax files for fstab and resolv from Radu Dineiu, David Necas did | |
928 previous version. | |
929 | |
930 For Aap: include a config.arg.example file with hints how to use config.arg. | |
931 | |
1624 | 932 Command line completion when 'cmdheight' is maximum and 'wildmenu' is set, |
933 only one buffer line displayed, causes display errors. | |
934 | |
935 Completing with 'wildmenu' and using <Up> and <Down> to move through directory | |
936 tree stops unexpectedly when using ":cd " and entering a directory that | |
937 doesn't contain other directories. | |
938 | |
1125 | 939 Linux distributions: |
940 - Suggest compiling xterm with --enable-tcap-query, so that nr of colors is | |
941 known to Vim. 88 colors instead of 16 works better. See ":help | |
942 xfree-xterm". | |
943 - Suggest including bare "vi" and "vim" with X11, syntax, etc. | |
944 | |
945 Completion menu: For a wrapping line, completing a long file name, only the | |
946 start of the path is shown in the menu. Should move the menu to the right to | |
947 show more text of the completions. Shorten the items that don't fit in the | |
948 middle? | |
949 | |
950 When running inside screen it's possible to kill the X server and restart it | |
1698 | 951 (using pty's the program can keep on running). Vim dies because it loses the |
1125 | 952 connection to the X server. Can Vim simply quit using the X server instead of |
953 dying? Also relevant when running in a console. | |
954 | |
955 Accessing file#var in a function should not need the g: prepended. | |
956 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
957 When exiting detects a modified buffer, instead of opening the buffer in the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
958 current tab, use an existing tab, if possible. Like finding a window where |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
959 the buffer is displayed. (Antonios Tsakiridis) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
960 |
1125 | 961 When ":cn" moves to an error in the same line the message isn't shortened. |
962 Only skip shortening for ":cc"? | |
963 | |
964 Write "making vim work better" for the docs (mostly pointers): *nice* | |
965 - sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/vimrc_example.vim | |
966 - setting 'mouse' to "a" | |
967 - getting colors in xterm | |
968 - compiling Vim with X11, GUI, etc. | |
969 | |
970 Problem with ":call" and dictionary function. Hari Krishna Dara, Charles | |
971 Campbell 2006 Jul 06. | |
972 | |
973 Syntax HL error caused by "containedin". (Peter Hodge, 2006 Oct 6) | |
974 | |
1624 | 975 A custom completion function in a ":command" cannot be a Funcref. (Andy |
976 Wokula, 2007 Aug 25) | |
977 | |
978 Problem with using :redir in user command completion function? (Hari Krishna | |
979 Dara, 2006 June 21) | |
980 | |
1125 | 981 Another resizing problem when setting 'columns' and 'lines' to a very large |
982 number. (Tony Mechelynck, 2007 Feb 6) | |
983 | |
984 After starting Vim, using '0 to jump somewhere in a file, ":sp" doesn't center | |
985 the cursor line. It works OK after some other commands. | |
986 | |
987 Win32: Is it possible to have both postscript and Win32 printing? | |
988 Does multi-byte printing with ":hardcopy" work? Add remark in documentation | |
989 about this. | |
990 | |
991 Check: Running Vim in a console and still having connect to the X server for | |
992 copy/paste: is stopping the X server handled gracefully? Should catch the X | |
993 error and stop using the connection to the server. | |
994 | |
995 Problem with 'cdpath' on MS-Windows when a directory is equal to $HOME. (2006 | |
996 Jul 26, Gary Johnson) | |
997 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
998 Using UTF-8 character with ":command" does not work properly. (Matt Wosniski, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
999 2008 Sep 29) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1000 |
1125 | 1001 In the Netbeans interface add a "vimeval" function, so that the other side can |
1002 check the result of has("patch13"). | |
1003 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1004 Cursor line at bottom of window instead of halfway after saving view and |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1005 restoring. Only with 'nowrap'. (Robert Webb, 2008 Aug 25) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1006 |
1125 | 1007 Add command modifier that skips wildcard expansion, so that you don't need to |
1008 put backslashes before special chars, only for white space. | |
1009 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1010 Syntax HL: open two windows on the same C code, delete a ")" in one window, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1011 resulting in highlighted "{" in that window, not in the other. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1012 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1013 In mswin.vim: Instead of mapping <C-V> for Insert mode in a complicated way, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1014 can it be done like ":imap <C-V> <MiddleMouse>" without negative side effects? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1015 |
1125 | 1016 Win32: When the GUI tab pages line is displayed Vim jumps from the secondary |
1017 to the primary monitor. (Afton Lewis, 2007 Mar 9) Old resizing problem? | |
1018 | |
1624 | 1019 GTK: when the Tab pages bar appears or disappears while the window is |
1020 maximized the window is no longer maximized. Patch that has some idea but | |
1021 doesn't work from Geoffrey Antos, 2008 May 5. | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1022 Also: the window may no longer fit on the screen, thus the command line is not |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1023 visible. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1024 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1025 GTK: when setting 'columns' in a startup script and doing ":vertical diffsplit" |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1026 the window isn't redrawn properly, see two vertical bars. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1027 |
2072 | 1028 GTK: file chooser is disabled. Patch by Tim Starling, 2009 Nov 13. |
1125 | 1029 |
1030 The magic clipboard format "VimClipboard2" appears in several places. Should | |
1031 be only one. | |
1032 | |
1624 | 1033 "vim -C" often has 'nocompatible', because it's set somewhere in a startup |
1034 script. Do "set compatible" after startup? | |
1035 | |
1125 | 1036 It's difficult to debug numbered functions (function in a Dictionary). Print |
1037 the function name before resolving it to a number? | |
1038 let d = {} | |
1039 fun! d.foo() | |
1040 echo "here" | |
1041 endfun | |
1042 call d.foo(9) | |
1043 | |
1044 Add a mark for the other end of the Visual area (VIsual pos). '< and '> are | |
1045 only set after Visual moded is ended. | |
1624 | 1046 Also add a variable for the Visual mode. So that this mode and '< '> can be |
1047 used to set what "gv" selects. (Ben Schmidt) | |
1048 | |
1049 Win32: When running ":make" and 'encoding' differs from the system locale, the | |
1050 output should be converted. Esp. when 'encoding' is "utf-8". (Yongwei Wu) | |
1051 Should we use 'termencoding' for this? | |
1052 | |
1053 Win32, NTFS: When editing an specific infostream directly and 'backupcopy' is | |
1054 "auto" should detect this situation and work like 'backupcopy' is "yes". File | |
1055 name is something like "c:\path\foo.txt:bar", includes a colon. (Alex | |
1056 Jakushev, 2008 Feb 1) | |
1125 | 1057 |
1058 Small problem displaying diff filler line when opening windows with a script. | |
1059 (David Luyer, 2007 Mar 1 ~/Mail/oldmail/mool/in.15872 ) | |
1060 | |
1061 Is it allowed that 'backupext' is empty? Problems when backup is in same dir | |
1062 as original file? If it's OK don't compare with 'patchmode'. (Thierry Closen) | |
1063 | |
1064 Patch for supporting count before CR in quickfix window. (AOYAMA Shotaro, 2007 | |
1065 Jan 1) | |
1066 | |
1624 | 1067 Patch for adding ":lscscope". (Navdeep Parhar, 2007 Apr 26; update 2008 Apr |
1068 23) | |
1069 | |
1070 ":mkview" isn't called with the right buffer argument. Happens when using | |
1071 tabs and the autocommand "autocmd BufWinLeave * mkview". (James Vega, 2007 | |
1072 Jun 18) | |
1125 | 1073 |
1074 xterm should be able to pass focus changes to Vim, so that Vim can check for | |
1075 buffers that changed. Perhaps in misc.c, function selectwindow(). | |
1076 Xterm 224 supports it! | |
1077 | |
1078 When completing from another file that uses a different encoding completion | |
1079 text has the wrong encoding. E.g., when 'encoding' is utf-8 and file is | |
1080 latin1. Example from Gombault Damien, 2007 Mar 24. | |
1081 | |
1624 | 1082 Is it possible to use "foo#var" instead of "g:foo#var" inside a function? |
1083 | |
1084 Syntax HL: When using "nextgroup" and the group has an empty match, there is | |
1085 no search at that position for another match. (Lukas Mai, 2008 April 11) | |
1086 | |
1087 In gvim the backspace key produces a backspace character, but on Linux the | |
1088 VERASE key is Delete. Set VERASE to Backspace? (patch by Stephane Chazelas, | |
1089 2007 Oct 16) | |
1090 | |
1668 | 1091 When entering a C /* comment, after typing <Enter> for 70 times the indent |
1092 disappears. (Vincent Beffara, 2008 Jul 3) | |
1093 | |
1624 | 1094 TermResponse autocommand isn't always triggered when using vimdiff. (Aron |
1095 Griffis, 2007 Sep 19) | |
1096 | |
1097 Patch for supporting #rrggbb in color terminals. (Matt Wozniski) | |
1098 | |
1099 Create a gvimtutor.1 file and change Makefiles to install it. | |
1100 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1101 When 'encoding' is utf-8 typing text at the end of the line causes previously |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1102 typed characters to be redrawn. Caused by patch 7.1.329. (Tyler Spivey, 2008 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1103 Sep 3, 11) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1104 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1105 When Vim in an xterm owns the selection and the user does ":shell" Vim doesn't |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1106 respond to selection requests. Invoking XtDisownSelection() before executing |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1107 the shell doesn't help. Would require forking and doing a message loop, like |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1108 what happens for the GUI. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1109 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1110 X11: Putting more than about 262040 characters of text on the clipboard and |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1111 pasting it in another Vim doesn't work. (Dominique Pelle, 2008 Aug 21-23) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1112 clip_x11_request_selection_cb() is called with zero value and length. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1113 Also: Get an error message from free() in the process that owns the selection. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1114 Seems to happen when the selection is requested the second time, but before |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1115 clip_x11_convert_selection_cb() is invoked, thus in X library code. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1116 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1117 Add 'lazysize' option: Above this size Vim doesn't load everything before |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1118 starting to edit a file. Things like 'fileencodings' only work up to this |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1119 size, modelines only work at the top. Useful for large log files where you |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1120 only want to look at the first few pages. Use zero to disable it. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1121 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1122 ":vimgrep" does not recognize a recursive symlink. Is it possible to detect |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1123 this, at least for Unix (using device/inode)? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1124 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1125 When switching between windows the cursor is often put in the middle. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1126 Remember the relative position and restore that, just like lnum and col are |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1127 restored. (Luc St-Louis) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1128 |
2098
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
1129 Patch for adding "J" flag to 'cinoptions': placement of jump label. |
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
1130 (Manuel Konig, 2010 Feb 19) Update by Lech Lorens, Feb 22. |
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
1131 |
1624 | 1132 |
1133 Vim 7.3: | |
2042 | 1134 - Use latest autoconf (2.65) |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1135 - Use NSIS 2.45, it includes Windows 7 support. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1136 - Include all files in distro, no "extra" and "lang" package. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1137 - Create Mercurial repository. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1138 - Easier/standard way to disable default plugins. |
1668 | 1139 - Add patch for 'relativenumber' option? Markus Heidelberg, 2008 Jun 27. |
1125 | 1140 - Add blowfish encryption. Openssl has an implementation. Also by Paul |
1141 Kocher (LGPL), close to original. Mohsin also has some ideas. | |
1142 Take four bytes and turn them into unsigned to avoid byte-order problems. | |
1143 Need to buffer up to 7 bytes to align on 8 byte boundaries. | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1144 - ":{range}source": source the lines from the current file. |
1125 | 1145 You can already yank lines and use :@" to execute them. |
1146 Most of do_source() would not be used, need a new function. | |
1147 It's easy when not doing breakpoints or profiling. | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1148 - Patch for Lisp support with ECL (Mikael Jansson, 2008 Oct 25) |
1125 | 1149 |
1150 | |
1624 | 1151 More patches: |
1125 | 1152 - Add 'cscopeignorecase' option. (Liang Wenzhi, 2006 Sept 3) |
1153 - Argument for feedkeys() to prepend to typeahead (Yakov Lerner, 2006 Oct | |
1154 21) | |
1155 - Load intl.dll too, not only libintl.dll. (Mike Williams, 2006 May 9, docs | |
1156 patch May 10) | |
1157 - Extra argument to strtrans() to translate special keys to their name (Eric | |
1158 Arnold, 2006 May 22) | |
1159 - 'threglookexp' option: only match with first word in thesaurus file. | |
1160 (Jakson A. Aquino, 2006 Jun 14) | |
1161 - Mac: indicate whether a buffer was modified. (Nicolas Weber, 2006 Jun 30) | |
1162 - Allow negative 'nrwidth' for left aligning. (Nathan Laredo, 2006 Aug 16) | |
1163 - ml_append_string(): efficiently append to an existing line. (Brad | |
1164 Beveridge, 2006 Aug 26) Use in some situations, e.g., when pasting a | |
1165 character at a time? | |
1624 | 1166 - gettabvar() and settabvar() functions. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2007 Sep 13, |
1167 2008 Jun 12) | |
1125 | 1168 - recognize hex numbers better. (Mark Manning, 2006 Sep 13) |
1698 | 1169 - Add <AbbrExpand> key, to expand an abbreviation in a mapping. (Kana |
1170 Natsuno, 2008 Jul 17) | |
1171 - Add 'wspara' option, also accept blank lines like empty lines for "{" and | |
1172 "}". (Mark Lundquist, 2008 Jul 18) | |
1173 - Patch to add CTRL-T to delete part of a path on cmdline. (Adek, 2008 Jul | |
1174 21) | |
1175 - Instead of creating a copy of the tutor in all the shell scripts, do it in | |
1176 vimtutor.vim. (Jan Minar, 2008 Jul 20) | |
1177 - When fsync() fails there is no hint about what went wrong. Patch by Ben | |
1178 Schmidt, 2008 Jul 22. | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1179 - testdir/Make_dos_sh.mak for running tests with MingW. (Bill Mccarthy, 2008 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1180 Sep 13) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1181 - Patch for adding "space" item in 'listchars'. (Jérémie Roquet, 2009 Oct 29, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1182 Docs patch Oct 30) |
1125 | 1183 |
857 | 1184 |
40 | 1185 Awaiting updated patches: |
842 | 1186 9 Mac unicode patch (Da Woon Jung, Eckehard Berns): |
1187 8 Add patch from Muraoka Taro (Mar 16) to support input method on Mac? | |
1188 New patch 2004 Jun 16 | |
1189 - selecting proportional font breaks display | |
1190 - UTF-8 text causes display problems. Font replacement causes this. | |
1191 - Command-key mappings do not work. (Alan Schmitt) | |
1192 - With 'nopaste' pasting is wrong, with 'paste' Command-V doesn't work. | |
1193 (Alan Schmitt) | |
1194 - remove 'macatsui' option when this has been fixed. | |
1125 | 1195 - when 'macatsui' is off should we always convert to "macroman" and ignore |
1196 'termencoding'? | |
800 | 1197 9 HTML indenting can be slow. Caused by using searchpair(). Can search() |
1624 | 1198 be used instead? A.Politz is looking into a solution. |
844 | 1199 8 Win32: Add minidump generation. (George Reilly, 2006 Apr 24) |
713 | 1200 8 Add ":n" to fnamemodify(): normalize path, remove "../" when possible. |
856 | 1201 Aric Blumer has a patch for this. He will update the patch for 6.3. |
713 | 1202 7 Completion of network shares, patch by Yasuhiro Matsumoto. |
1203 Update 2004 Sep 6. | |
1204 How does this work? Missing comments. | |
1205 - Patch for 'breakindent' option: repeat indent for wrapped line. (Vaclav | |
1624 | 1206 Smilauer, 2004 Sep 13, fix Oct 31, update 2007 May 30) |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1207 Version for latest MacVim: Tobia Conforto, 2009 Nov 23 |
713 | 1208 8 Add a few more command names to the menus. Patch from Jiri Brezina |
832 | 1209 (28 feb 2002). Will mess the translations... |
713 | 1210 7 ATTENTION dialog choices are more logical when "Delete it' appears |
1211 before "Quit". Patch by Robert Webb, 2004 May 3. | |
1212 - Include flipcase patch: ~/vim/patches/wall.flipcase2 ? Make it work | |
1213 for multi-byte characters. | |
1214 - Win32: add options to print dialog. Patch from Vipin Aravind. | |
1215 - Patch to add highlighting for whitespace. (Tom Schumm, 2003 Jul 5) | |
1216 use the patch that keeps using HLF_8 if HLF_WS has not | |
1217 been given values. | |
1218 Add section in help files for these highlight groups? | |
1219 8 "fg" and "bg" don't work in an xterm. Get default colors from xterm | |
827 | 1220 with an ESC sequence. |
1221 xterm can send colors for many things. E.g. for the cursor: | |
1222 <Esc>]12;?<Bel> | |
1223 Can use this to get the background color and restore the colors on exit. | |
713 | 1224 7 Add "DefaultFG" and "DefaultBG" for the colors of the menu. (Marcin |
1225 Dalecki has a patch for Motif and Carbon) | |
1226 - Add possibility to highlight specific columns (for Fortran). Or put a | |
1227 line in between columns (e.g., for 'textwidth'). | |
1228 Patch to add 'hlcolumn' from Vit Stradal, 2004 May 20. | |
1229 8 Add functions: | |
1230 gettext() Translate a message. (Patch from Yasuhiro Matsumoto) | |
40 | 1231 Update 2004 Sep 10 |
557 | 1232 Another patch from Edward L. Fox (2005 Nov 24) |
1233 Search in 'runtimepath'? | |
832 | 1234 More docs needed about how to use this. |
40 | 1235 How to get the messages into the .po files? |
1668 | 1236 charlen() Like strlen() but counting characters instead of |
1237 bytes. | |
713 | 1238 confirm() add "flags" argument, with 'v' for vertical |
1239 layout and 'c' for console dialog. (Haegg) | |
1240 Flemming Madsen has a patch for the 'c' flag | |
1241 (2003 May 13) | |
1242 raisewin() raise gvim window (see HierAssist patch for | |
1243 Tcl implementation ~/vim/HierAssist/ ) | |
1125 | 1244 taglist() add argument to specify maximum number of matches. |
1245 useful for interactive things or completion. | |
1624 | 1246 col('^') column of first non-white character. |
1247 Can use "len(substitute(getline('.'), '\S.*', '', '')) | |
1248 + 1", but that's ugly. | |
713 | 1249 7 Add patch from Benoit Cerrina to integrate Vim and Perl functions |
1250 better. Now also works for Ruby (2001 Nov 10) | |
1251 - Patch from Herculano de Lima Einloft Neto for better formatting of the | |
1252 quickfix window (2004 dec 2) | |
1253 7 When 'rightleft' is set, the search pattern should be displayed right | |
1254 to left as well? See patch of Dec 26. (Nadim Shaikli) | |
832 | 1255 8 Option to lock all used memory so that it doesn't get swapped to disk |
1256 (uncrypted). Patch by Jason Holt, 2003 May 23. Uses mlock. | |
713 | 1257 7 Support a stronger encryption. Jason Holt implemented AES (May 6 2003). |
1258 7 Add ! register, for shell commands. (patch from Grenie) | |
1259 8 In the gzip plugin, also recognize *.gz.orig, *.gz.bak, etc. Like it's | |
1260 done for filetype detection. Patch from Walter Briscoe, 2003 Jul 1. | |
1261 7 Add a "-@ filelist" argument: read file names from a file. (David | |
1262 Kotchan has a patch for it) | |
1263 8 Include a connection to an external program through a pipe? See | |
1264 patches from Felbinger for a mathematica interface. | |
1265 Or use emacs server kind of thing? | |
1266 7 Add ":justify" command. Patch from Vit Stradal 2002 Nov 25. | |
1267 - findmatch() should be adjusted for Lisp. See remark at | |
1268 get_lisp_indent(). Esp. \( and \) should be skipped. (Dorai Sitaram, | |
1269 incomplete patch Mar 18) | |
1270 - For GUI Find/Replace dialog support using a regexp. Patch for Motif | |
1271 and GTK by degreneir (nov 10 and nov 18). | |
1272 - Patch for "paranoid mode" by Kevin Collins, March 7. Needs much more work. | |
70 | 1273 |
1274 | |
7 | 1275 Vi incompatibility: |
713 | 1276 - Try new POSIX tests, made after my comments. (Geoff Clare, 2005 April 7) |
1277 Version 1.5 is in ~/src/posix/1.5. (Lynne Canal) | |
7 | 1278 8 With undo/redo only marks in the changed lines should be changed. Other |
1279 marks should be kept. Vi keeps each mark at the same text, even when it | |
1280 is deleted or restored. (Webb) | |
1281 Also: A mark is lost after: make change, undo, redo and undo. | |
1282 Example: "{d''" then "u" then "d''": deletes an extra line, because the '' | |
1283 position is one line down. (Veselinovic) | |
1284 8 When stdin is not a tty, and Vim reads commands from it, an error should | |
1285 make Vim exit. | |
1286 7 Unix Vim (not gvim): Typing CTRL-C in Ex mode should finish the line | |
1287 (currently you can continue typing, but it's truncated later anyway). | |
1288 Requires a way to make CTRL-C interrupt select() when in cooked input. | |
1289 8 When loading a file in the .exrc, Vi loads the argument anyway. Vim skips | |
1290 loading the argument if there is a file already. When no file argument | |
1291 given, Vi starts with an empty buffer, Vim keeps the loaded file. (Bearded) | |
1292 6 In Insert mode, when using <BS> or <Del>, don't wipe out the text, but | |
1293 only move back the cursor. Behaves like '$' in 'cpoptions'. Use a flag | |
1294 in 'cpoptions' to switch this on/off. | |
1295 8 When editing a file which is a symbolic link, and then opening another | |
1296 symbolic link on the same file, Vim uses the name of the first one. | |
1297 Adjust the file name in the buffer to the last one used? Use several file | |
1298 names in one buffer??? | |
1299 Also: When first editing file "test", which is symlink to "test2", and | |
1300 then editing "test2", you end up editing buffer "test" again. It's not | |
1301 logical that the name that was first used sticks with the buffer. | |
1302 7 The ":undo" command works differently in Ex mode. Edit a file, make some | |
1303 changes, "Q", "undo" and _all_ changes are undone, like the ":visual" | |
1304 command was one command. | |
321 | 1305 On the other hand, an ":undo" command in an Ex script only undoes the last |
1306 change (e.g., use two :append commands, then :undo). | |
7 | 1307 7 The ":map" command output overwrites the command. Perhaps it should keep |
1308 the ":map" when it's used without arguments? | |
1309 7 CTRL-L is not the end of a section? It is for Posix! Make it an option. | |
1310 7 Implement 'prompt' option. Init to off when stdin is not a tty. | |
1311 7 CTRL-T in Insert mode inserts 'shiftwidth' of spaces at the cursor. Add a | |
1312 flag in 'cpoptions' for this. | |
1313 7 Add a way to send an email for a crashed edit session. Create a file when | |
1314 making changes (containing name of the swap file), delete it when writing | |
1315 the file. Supply a program that can check for crashed sessions (either | |
1316 all, for a system startup, or for one user, for in a .login file). | |
1317 7 Vi doesn't do autoindenting when input is not from a tty (in Ex mode). | |
1318 7 "z3<CR>" should still use the whole window, but only redisplay 3 lines. | |
1319 7 ":tag xx" should move the cursor to the first non-blank. Or should it go | |
1320 to the match with the tag? Option? | |
1321 7 Implement 'autoprint'/'ap' option. | |
1322 7 Add flag in 'cpoptions' that makes <BS> after a count work like <Del> | |
1323 (Sayre). | |
1324 7 Add flag in 'cpoptions' that makes operator (yank, filter) not move the | |
1325 cursor, at least when cancelled. (default Vi compatible). | |
1326 7 This Vi-trick doesn't work: "Q" to go to Ex mode, then "g/pattern/visual". | |
1327 In Vi you can edit in visual mode, and when doing "Q" you jump to the next | |
1328 match. Nvi can do it too. | |
1329 7 Support '\' for line continuation in Ex mode for these commands: (Luebking) | |
1330 g/./a\ g/pattern1/ s/pattern2/rep1\\ | |
1331 line 1\ line 2\\ | |
1332 line 2\ line 3\\ | |
1333 . line4/ | |
1334 6 ":e /tmp/$tty" doesn't work. ":e $uid" does. Is $tty not set because of | |
1335 the way the shell is started? | |
1336 6 Vi compatibility (optional): make "ia<CR><ESC>10." do the same strange | |
1337 thing. (only repeat insert for the first line). | |
1338 | |
1339 | |
1340 GTK+ 1 (OK in GTK 2): | |
1341 8 When using "gvim -geom 40x30" or setting 'columns' in .gvimrc or with a | |
1342 GUIEnter autocommand, the width is still set to fit the toolbar. Also | |
1343 happens when changing the font. How to avoid that the toolbar specifies | |
1344 the minimal window width? | |
1345 8 When using a theme with different scrollbars (gtkstep), the scrollbars can | |
1346 be too narrow. (Drazen Kacar) | |
1347 8 Font "7x14" has a bold version "7x14bold". Try to find the bold font by | |
1348 appending "bold" when there are not 14 dashes. | |
1349 | |
1350 GTK+ GUI known bugs: | |
713 | 1351 9 Crash with X command server over ssh. (Ciaran McCreesh, 2006 Feb 6) |
7 | 1352 8 GTK 2: Combining UTF-8 characters not displayed properly in menus (Mikolaj |
1353 Machowski) They are displayed as separate characters. Problem in | |
1354 creating a label? | |
497 | 1355 8 GTK 2: Combining UTF-8 characters are sometimes not drawn properly. |
1356 Depends on the font size, "monospace 13" has the problem. Vim seems to do | |
1357 everything right, must be a GTK bug. Is there a way to work around it? | |
7 | 1358 9 Can't paste a Visual selection from GTK-gvim to vim in xterm or Motif gvim |
1359 when it is longer than 4000 characters. Works OK from gvim to gvim and | |
1360 vim to vim. Pasting through xterm (using the shift key) also works. | |
1361 It starts working after GTK gvim loses the selection and gains it again. | |
795 | 1362 - Gnome2: When moving the toolbar out of the dock, so that it becomes |
1363 floating, it can no longer be moved. Therefore making it float has been | |
1364 blocked for now. | |
1365 | |
7 | 1366 |
1367 Win32 GUI known bugs: | |
713 | 1368 - Win32: tearoff menu window should have a scrollbar when it's taller than |
1369 the screen. | |
1125 | 1370 8 non-ASCII font names don't work. Need to convert from 'encoding' and use |
1371 the wide functions. | |
7 | 1372 8 On Windows 98 the unicows library is needed to support functions with UCS2 |
1373 file names. Can we load unicows.dll dynamically? | |
874 | 1374 8 When the primary monitor is below or right of the secondary monitor and |
1375 Vim is on the secondary monitor it will often move to the primary monitor. | |
1376 Window position coordinates can be negative. (James Harvey) | |
7 | 1377 8 The -P argument doesn't work very well with many MDI applications. |
1378 The last argument of CreateWindowEx() should be used, see MSDN docs. | |
1379 Tutorial: http://win32assembly.online.fr/tut32.html | |
1380 8 In eval.c, io.h is included when MSWIN32 is defined. Shouldn't this be | |
1381 WIN32? Or can including io.h be moved to vim.h? (Dan Sharp) | |
1382 7 Windows XP: When using "ClearType" for text smoothing, a column of yellow | |
1383 pixels remains when typing spaces in front of a "D" ('guifont' set to | |
1384 "lucida_console:h8"). | |
1385 6 Win32 GUI: With "-u NONE -U NONE" and doing "CTRL-W v" "CTRL-W o", the ":" | |
1386 of ":only" is highlighted like the cursor. (Lipelis) | |
22 | 1387 8 When 'encoding' is "utf-8", should use 'guifont' for both normal and wide |
1388 characters to make Asian languages work. Win32 fonts contain both | |
1389 type of characters. | |
7 | 1390 7 When font smoothing is enabled, redrawing can become very slow. The reason |
1391 appears to be drawing with a transparent background. Would it be possible | |
1392 to use an opaque background in most places? | |
1393 8 Use another default for 'termencoding': the active codepage. Means that | |
1394 when 'encoding' is changed typing characters still works properly. | |
1395 Alternative: use the Unicode functions to obtain typed characters. | |
1396 8 Win32: Multi-byte characters are not displayed, even though the same font | |
1397 in Notepad can display them. (Srinath Avadhanula) Try with the | |
1398 UTF-8-demo.txt page with Andale Mono. | |
1399 7 The cursor color indicating IME mode doesn't work properly. (Shizhu Pan, | |
1400 2004 May 9) | |
1401 8 Win32: When clicking on the gvim title bar, which gives it focus, produces | |
1402 a file-changed dialog, after clicking on a button in that dialog the gvim | |
1403 window follows the mouse. The button-up event is lost. Only with | |
1404 MS-Windows 98? | |
1405 Try this: ":set sw ts", get enter-prompt, then change the file in a | |
1406 console, go back to Vim and click "reload" in the dialog for the changed | |
1407 file: Window moves with the cursor! | |
1408 Put focus event in input buffer and let generic Vim code handle it? | |
1409 8 Win32: When mouse is hidden and in the toolbar, moving it won't make it | |
1410 appear. (Sami Salonen) | |
1411 8 Win32 GUI: With maximized window, ":set go-=r" doesn't use the space that | |
1412 comes available. (Poucet) It works OK on Win 98 but doesn't work on Win | |
1413 NT 4.0. Leaves a grey area where the scrollbar was. ":set go+=r" also | |
1414 doesn't work properly. | |
1415 8 When Vim is minimized and when maximizing it a file-changed dialog pops | |
1416 up, Vim isn't maximized. It should be done before the dialog, so that it | |
1417 appears in the right position. (Webb) | |
1418 9 When selecting at the more-prompt or hit-enter-prompt, the right mouse | |
1419 button doesn't give popup menu. | |
1420 At the hit-enter prompt CTRL-Y doesn't work to copy the modeless | |
1421 selection. | |
1422 On the command line, don't get a popup menu for the right mouse button. | |
1423 Let the middle button paste selected text (not the clipboard but the | |
1424 non-Visual selection)? Otherwise CTRL-Y has to be used to copy the text. | |
1425 8 When 'grepprg' doesn't execute, the error only flashes by, the | |
1426 user can hardly see what is wrong. (Moore) | |
1427 Could use vimrun with an "-nowait" argument to only wait when an error | |
1428 occurs, but "command.com" doesn't return an error code. | |
1429 8 When the 'shell' cannot be executed, should give an appropriate error msg. | |
1430 Esp. for a filter command, currently it only complains the file could not | |
1431 be read. | |
1432 7 Add an option to add one pixel column to the character width? Lucida | |
1433 Console italic is wider than the normal font ("d" overlaps with next char). | |
1434 Opposite of 'linespace': 'columnspace'. | |
1435 7 At the hit-enter prompt scrolling now no longer works. Need to use the | |
1436 keyboard to get around this. Pretend <CR> was hit when the user tries to | |
533 | 1437 scroll? |
7 | 1438 7 Scrollbar width doesn't change when selecting other windows appearance. |
1439 Also background color of Toolbar and rectangle below vert. scrollbar. | |
1440 7 "!start /min cmd" should run in a minimized window, instead of using | |
1441 "/min" as the command name. (Rogall) | |
1442 6 Drawing text transparently doesn't seem to work (when drawing part cursor). | |
1443 8 CTRL key doesn't always work in combination with ALT key. It does work | |
1444 for function keys, not for alphabetic characters. Perhaps this is because | |
1445 CTRL-ALT is used by Windows as AltGr? | |
1446 8 CTRL-- doesn't work for AZERTY, because it's CTRL-[ for QWERTY. How do we | |
1447 know which keyboard is being used? | |
1448 7 When scrolling, and a background color is dithered, the dither pattern | |
1449 doesn't always join correctly between the scrolled area and the new drawn | |
1450 area (Koloseike). | |
1451 8 When gui_init_font() is called with "*", p_guifont is freed while it might | |
1452 still be used somewhere. This is too tricky, do the font selection first, | |
1453 then set the new font by name (requires putting all logfont parameters in | |
1454 the font name). | |
1455 | |
1456 | |
1457 Athena and Motif: | |
169 | 1458 6 New Motif toolbar button from Marcin Dalecki: |
1459 - When the mouse pointer is over an Agide button the red becomes black. | |
1460 Something with the way colors are specified in the .xpm file. | |
1461 - The pixmap is two pixels smaller than it should be. The gap is filled | |
1462 with grey instead of the current toolbar background color. | |
7 | 1463 9 Can configure be changed to disable netbeans if the Xpm library is |
1464 required and it's missing? | |
1465 8 When using the resource "Vim*borderwidth 2" the widgets are positioned | |
1466 wrong. | |
1467 9 XIM is disabled by default for SGI/IRIX. Fix XIM so that 'imdisable' can | |
1468 be off by default. | |
237 | 1469 9 XIM doesn't work properly for Athena/Motif. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto) For now, |
7 | 1470 keep XIM active at all times when the input method has the preediting |
1471 flag. | |
1472 8 X11: A menu that contains an umlaut is truncated at that character. | |
1473 Happens when the locale is "C", which uses ASCII instead of IS0-8859-1. | |
1474 Is there a way to use latin1 by default? Gnome_init() seems to do this. | |
1475 8 Perhaps use fontsets for everything? | |
1476 6 When starting in English and switching the language to Japanese, setting | |
1477 the locale with ":lang", 'guifontset' and "hi menu font=", deleting all | |
1478 menus and setting them again, the menus don't use the new font. Most of | |
1479 the tooltips work though... | |
1480 7 Motif: when using a file selection dialog, the specified file name is not | |
1481 always used (when specifying a filter or another directory). | |
1482 8 When 'encoding' is different from the current locale (e.g., utf-8) the | |
1483 menu strings don't work. Requires conversion from 'encoding' to the | |
1484 current locale. Workaround: set 'langmenu'. | |
1485 | |
1486 | |
1487 Athena GUI: | |
1488 9 When dragging the scrollbar thumb very fast, focus is only obtained in | |
1489 the scrollbar itself. And the thumb is no longer updated when moving | |
1490 through files. | |
1491 7 The file selector is not resizable. With a big font it is difficult to | |
1492 read long file names. (Schroeder) | |
1493 4 Re-write the widget attachments and code so that we will not have to go | |
1494 through and calculate the absolute position of every widget every time the | |
1495 window is refreshed/changes size. This will help the "flashing-widgets" | |
1496 problem during a refresh. | |
1497 5 When starting gvim with all the default colors and then typing | |
1498 ":hi Menu guibg=cyan", the menus change color but the background of the | |
1499 pullright pixmap doesn't change colors. | |
1500 If you type ":hi Menu guibg=cyan font=anyfont", then the pixmap changes | |
1501 colors as it should. | |
1502 Allocating a new pixmap and setting the resource doesn't change the | |
1503 pullright pixmap's colors. Why? Possible Athena bug? | |
1504 | |
1505 | |
1506 Motif GUI: | |
713 | 1507 - gui_mch_browsedir() is missing. |
7 | 1508 7 Use XmStringCreateLocalized() instead of XmStringCreateSimple()? |
1509 David Harrison says it's OK (it exists in Motif 1.2). | |
1510 8 Lesstif: When deleting a menu that's torn off, the torn off menu becomes | |
1511 very small instead of disappearing. When closing it, Vim crashes. | |
1512 (Phillipps) | |
1513 | |
1514 | |
1515 GUI: | |
1516 9 On Solaris, creating the popup menu causes the right mouse button no | |
1517 longer to work for extending the selection. (Halevy) | |
1518 9 When running an external program, it can't always be killed with CTRL-C. | |
387 | 1519 e.g., on Solaris 5.5, when using "K" (Keech). Other 'guipty' problems on |
7 | 1520 Solaris 2.6. (Marley) |
1521 9 On Solaris: Using a "-geometry" argument, bigger than the window where Vim | |
1522 is started from, causes empty lines below the cmdline. (raf) | |
1523 8 X11 GUI: When menu is disabled by excluding 'm' from 'guioptions', ALT key | |
1524 should not be used to trigger a menu (like the Win32 version). | |
1525 8 When setting 'langmenu', it should be effective immediately. Store both | |
1526 the English and the translated text in the menu structure. Re-generate | |
1527 the translation when 'langmenu' has changed. | |
1528 8 Basic flaw in the GUI code: NextScreen is updated before calling | |
1529 gui_write(), but the GUI code relies on NextScreen to represent the state | |
1530 of where it is processing the output. | |
1531 Need better separation of Vim core and GUI code. | |
1532 8 When fontset support is enabled, setting 'guifont' to a single font | |
1533 doesn't work. | |
1534 8 Menu priority for sub-menus for: Amiga, BeOS. | |
720 | 1535 8 When translating menus ignore the part after the Tab, the shortcut. So |
1536 that the same menu item with a different shortcut (e.g., for the Mac) are | |
1537 still translated. | |
7 | 1538 8 Add menu separators for Amiga, RISCOS. |
1539 8 Add way to specify the file filter for the browse dialog. At least for | |
1540 browse(). | |
1541 8 Add dialog for search/replace to other GUIs? Tk has something for this, | |
1542 use that code? Or use console dialog. | |
1543 8 When selecting a font with the font dialog and the font is invalid, the | |
1544 error message disappears too quick. | |
169 | 1545 7 More features in the find/replace dialog: |
1546 - regexp on/off | |
1547 - search in selection/buffer/all buffers/directory | |
1548 when all buffers/directory is used: | |
1549 - filter for file name | |
1550 when directory is used: | |
1551 - subdirectory on/off | |
1552 - top directory browser | |
7 | 1553 8 gui_check_colors() is not called at the right moment. Do it much later, |
1554 to avoid problems. | |
1555 8 gui_update_cursor() is called for a cursor shape change, even when there | |
1556 are mappings to be processed. Only do something when going to wait for | |
1557 input. Or maybe every 100 ms? | |
1558 8 X11: When the window size is reduced to fit on screen, there are blank | |
1559 lines below the text and bottom scrollbar. "gvim -geometry 80x78+0+0". | |
1560 When the "+0+0" is omitted it works. | |
1561 8 When starting an external command, and 'guipty' set, BS and DEL are mixed | |
1562 up. Set erase character somehow? | |
1563 8 A dead circumflex followed by a space should give the '^' character | |
1564 (Rommel). Look how xterm does this. | |
1565 Also: Bednar has some code for dead key handling. | |
1566 Also: Nedit 5.0.2 with USE_XMIM does it right. (Gaya) | |
1567 8 The compose key doesn't work properly (Cepas). Both for Win32 and X11. | |
1568 7 The cursor in an inactive window should be hollow. Currently it's not | |
1569 visible. | |
1570 7 GUI on Solaris 2.5.1, using /usr/dt/..: When gvim starts, cursor is | |
1571 hollow, after window lowered/raised it's OK. (Godfrey) | |
1572 7 When starting GUI with ":gui", and window is made smaller because it | |
1573 doesn't fit on the screen, there is an extra redraw. | |
1574 8 When setting font with .Xdefaults, there is an extra empty line at the | |
1575 bottom, which disappears when using ":set guifont=<Tab>". (Chadzelek) | |
1576 8 When font shape changes, but not the size, doing ":set font=" does not | |
1577 redraw the screen with the new font. Also for Win32. | |
1578 When the size changes, on Solaris 2.5 there isn't a redraw for the | |
1579 remaining part of the window (Phillipps). | |
1580 - Flashes really badly in certain cases when running remotely from a Sun. | |
1581 4 Re-write the code so that the highlighting isn't changed multiple times | |
1582 when doing a ":hi clear". The color changes happen three or more times | |
1583 currently. This is very obvious on a 66Mhz 486. | |
1584 | |
1585 | |
1586 MSDOS/DJGPP: | |
1587 9 Pressing CTRL-C often crashes the console Vim runs in. (Ken Liao) | |
1588 When 'bioskey' isn't set it doesn't happen. Could be a problem with the | |
1589 BIOS emulation of the console. Version 5.6 already had this problem. | |
1590 8 DJGPP: "cd c:" can take us to a directory that no longer exists. | |
1591 change_drive() doesn't check this. How to check for this error? | |
1592 9 The 16 bit version runs out of memory very quickly. Should find unused | |
818 | 1593 code and reduce static data. Resetting 'writebackup' helps to be able to |
1594 write a file. | |
7 | 1595 9 Crash when running on Windows 98 in a console window and pressing CTRL-C. |
1596 Happens now and then. When debugging Vim in gdb this also happens. Since | |
1597 the console crashes, might be a bug in the DOS console. Resetting | |
1598 'bioskey' avoids it, but then CTRL-C doesn't work. | |
1599 9 DOS: Make CTRL-Fx and ALT-Fx work. | |
1600 CTRL-F1 = CE-5E, CTRL-F2 = CE-5F, .., CTRL-F10 = CE-67 | |
1601 ALT-F1 = CE-68, ALT-F2 = CE-69, .., ALT-F10 = CE-71 | |
1602 Shifted cursor keys produce same codes as unshifted keys. Use bioskey(2) | |
1603 to get modifier mask for <S-C-M-Fx>. | |
1604 Use K_SPECIAL/KS_MODIFIER codes to insert modifier mask in input stream? | |
1605 Make this work like in Win32 console. | |
1606 Mapping things like <M-A> doesn't work, because it generates an extended | |
1607 key code. Use a translation table? | |
1608 9 Can't read an opened swap file when the "share" command has not been used. | |
1609 At least ignore the swap files that Vim has opened itself. | |
1610 8 Use DJGPP 2.03. | |
1611 8 The Dos32 version (DJGPP) can't use long file names on Windows NT. | |
1612 Check if new package can be used (v2misc/ntlfn08[bs].zip). | |
1613 8 setlocale() is bogus. | |
1614 8 Vim busy waits for new characters or mouse clicks. Should put in some | |
1615 sort of sleep, to avoid eating 50% of the CPU time. Test on an unpatched | |
1616 Windows 95 system! | |
1617 8 DJGPP: when shell is bash, make fails. (Donahoe) | |
387 | 1618 7 Hitting CTRL-P twice quickly (e.g., in keyword completion) on a 8088 |
7 | 1619 machine, starts printer echo! (John Mullin). |
1620 7 MSDOS 16 bit version can't work with COMSPEC that has an argument, e.g.: | |
1621 COMSPEC=C:\WINDOWS\COMMAND.COM /E:4096 (Bradley) | |
1622 Caused by BCC system() function (Borland "make" has the same problem). | |
1623 8 Mouse: handle left&right button pressed as middle button pressed. Add | |
1624 modifier keys shift, ctrl and alt. | |
1625 7 When too many files are open (depends on FILES), strange things happen. | |
1626 The Dos16 version runs out of memory, in the Dos32 version "!ls" causes a | |
1627 crash. Another symptom: .swp files are not deleted, existing files are | |
1628 "[New file]". | |
1629 7 DJGPP version doesn't work with graphics display mode. Switch to a mode | |
1630 that is supported? | |
1631 8 DJGPP: ":mode" doesn't work for many modes. Disable them. | |
1632 8 DJGPP: When starting in Ex mode, shouldn't clear the screen. (Walter | |
1633 Briscoe) | |
1634 | |
1635 | |
1636 MSDOS, OS/2 and Win32: | |
1637 8 OS/2: Add backtick expansion. Undefine NO_EXPANDPATH and use | |
1638 gen_expand_wildcards(). | |
1639 8 OS/2: Add clipboard support? See example clipbrd.exe from Alexander | |
1640 Wagner. | |
1641 8 OS/2: Add Extended Attributes support and define HAVE_ACL. | |
1642 8 OS/2: When editing a file name "foo.txt" that is actually called FOO.txt, | |
1643 writing uses "foo.txt". Should obtain the real file name. | |
557 | 1644 8 Should $USERPROFILE be preferred above $HOMEDRIVE/$HOMEPATH? No, but it's |
1645 a good fallback, thus use: | |
1646 $HOME | |
1647 $HOMEDRIVE$HOMEPATH | |
1648 SHGetSpecialFolderPath(NULL, lpzsPath, CSIDL_APPDATA, FALSE); | |
1649 $USERPROFILE | |
1650 SHGetSpecialFolderPath(NULL, lpzsPath, CSIDL_COMMON_APPDATA, FALSE); | |
1651 $ALLUSERSPROFILE | |
1652 $SYSTEMDRIVE\ | |
1653 C:\ | |
7 | 1654 8 Win32 console: <M-Up> and <M-Down> don't work. (Geddes) We don't have |
1655 special keys for these. Should use modifier + key. | |
1656 8 Win32 console: caps-lock makes non-alpha keys work like with shift. | |
1657 Should work like in the GUI version. | |
1658 8 Environment variables in DOS are not case sensitive. Make a define for | |
1659 STRCMP_ENV(), and use it when comparing environment var names. | |
1660 8 Setting 'shellslash' has no immediate effect. Change all file names when | |
1661 it is set/reset? Or only use it when actually executing a shell command? | |
1662 8 When editing a file on a Samba server, case might matter. ":e file" | |
1663 followed by ":e FILE" will edit "file" again, even though "FILE" might be | |
1664 another one. Set last used name in buflist_new()? Fix do_ecmd(), etc. | |
1665 8 When a buffer is editing a file like "ftp://mach/file", which is not going | |
1666 to be used like a normal file name, don't change the slashes to | |
1667 backslashes. (Ronald Hoellwarth) | |
1668 | |
1669 | |
1670 Windows 95: | |
1671 8 Editing a file by it's short file name and writing it, makes the long file | |
1672 name disappear. Setting 'backupcopy' helps. | |
1673 Use FindFirstFile()->cAlternateFileName in fname_case() (George Reilly). | |
1674 8 Doing wildcard expansion, will match the short filename, but result in the | |
1675 long filename (both DJGPP and Win32). | |
1676 | |
1677 | |
1678 Win32 console: | |
1679 9 When editing a file by its short file name, it should be expanded into its | |
1680 long file name, to avoid problems like these: (Mccollister) | |
1681 1) Create a file called ".bashrc" using some other editor. | |
1682 2) Drag that file onto a shortcut or the actual executable. | |
1683 3) Note that the file name is something like BASHRC~1 | |
1684 4) Go to File->Save As menu item and type ".bashrc" as the file name. | |
1685 5) Press "Yes" to indicate that I want to overwrite the file. | |
1686 6) Note that the message "File exists (add ! to override)" is displayed | |
1687 and the file is not saved. | |
1688 Use FindFirstFile() to expand a file name and directory in the path to its | |
1689 long name. | |
1690 8 Also implement 'conskey' option for the Win32 console version? Look at | |
1691 how Xvi does console I/O under Windows NT. | |
1692 7 Re-install the use of $TERM and support the use of different terminals, | |
1693 besides the console. | |
1694 8 Use of <altgr> modifier doesn't work? 5.3 was OK. (Garcia-Suarez/Guckes) | |
1695 9 Mapping <C-S-Tab> doesn't work correctly. How to see the difference with | |
1696 <C-S-i>? | |
1697 9 tmpnam() uses file in root of file system: "\asdf". That doesn't work on | |
1698 a Netware network drive. Use same function as for Win32 GUI? | |
1699 8 In os_win32.h, HAVE_STRICMP and HAVE_STRNICMP are defined only if __GNUC__ | |
1700 is not defined. Shouldn't that be the other way around? | |
1701 7 Use SetConsoleCP() and SetConsoleOutputCP() to implement 'termencoding'? | |
1702 Avoids that input and output work differently. Need to be restored when | |
1703 exiting. | |
1704 | |
1705 | |
1706 Amiga: | |
1707 8 In mch_inchar() should use convert_input_safe() to handle incomplete byte | |
1708 sequences. | |
1709 9 In mch_expandpath() a "*" is to be expanded, but "\*" isn't. Remove | |
1710 backslashes in result. | |
1711 8 Executing a shell, only one option for 'shell' is separated. Should do | |
1712 all options, using white space separation. | |
1713 | |
1714 | |
1715 Macintosh: | |
713 | 1716 - GUI: gui_mch_browsedir() is missing. |
9 | 1717 7 Patch to add 'transparency' option. Disadvantage: it's slow. (Eckehard |
1718 Berns, 2004 May 9) http://ecki.to/vim/TransBack-2004-05-09.diff | |
1719 Needs more work. Add when someone really wants it. | |
7 | 1720 7 Loading the Perl library only works on OS/X 10.2 or 10.3, never on both. |
1721 Load the Perl library dynamically see Python sources file dynload_mac | |
1722 (Jack) | |
1723 dynamic linking: http://developer.apple.com/technotes/tn2002/tn2064.html | |
1724 8 Inputting Unicode characters does not work in the terminal. They appear | |
1725 to arrive as upper and lower bytes. (David Brown, 2004 April 17) | |
1726 8 Typing Unicode characters doesn't work at all in the GUI. | |
1125 | 1727 8 inputdialog() doesn't resize when giving more text lines. (David Fishburn, |
1728 2006 Sept 28) | |
7 | 1729 9 Problems in Carbon version for OS X: (Benji Fisher) |
1730 - keyboard shortcuts in the menus get lost. | |
1731 8 The Vim/About menu doesn't work. | |
1732 8 ":gui" doesn't fork. Enabling the code in gui.c to fork causes a SEGV. | |
1733 8 Define vim_mkdir() for Macintosh. | |
1734 8 Define mch_writable() for Macintosh. | |
1735 9 When DiskLock is running, using a swap file causes a crash. Appears to be | |
1736 a problem with writing a file that starts with a dot. (Giacalone) | |
1737 9 On G3 Mac, OS version 8, control strip causes characters messed up when | |
1738 scrolling (CTRL-L cleans it up). (Benji Fisher) | |
1739 9 On G3 Mac, OS version 8, variable-speed scrolling doesn't work, after two | |
1740 seconds of scrolling the screen freezes. (Benji Fisher) | |
1741 9 In mac_expandpath() check that handling of backslashes is done properly. | |
1742 8 Standard Mac shortcuts are missing. (Amerige) | |
1743 8 Handling of non-fixed width fonts is wrong. (Amerige) | |
1744 | |
1745 | |
1746 "Small" problems: | |
1624 | 1747 - Can't disable terminal flow control, to enable the use of CTRL-S and |
1748 CTRL-Q. Add an option for it? | |
1125 | 1749 - When using e_secure in do_one_cmd() mention the command being executed, |
1750 otherwise it's not clear where it comes from. | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1751 - When the quickfix window is open and executing ":echo 'hello'" using the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1752 Command-line window, the text is immediately removed by the redrawing. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1753 (Michael Henry, 2008 Nov 1) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1754 Generic solution: When redrawing while there is a message on the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1755 cmdline, don't erase the display but draw over the existing text. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1756 Other solution, redraw after closing the cmdline window, before executing |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1757 the command. |
857 | 1758 9 For Turkish vim_tolower() and vim_toupper() also need to use utf_ |
1759 functions for characters below 0x80. (Sertacyildiz) | |
854 | 1760 9 When the last edited file is a help file, using '0 in a new Vim doesn't |
1668 | 1761 edit the file as a help file. 'filetype' is OK, but 'iskeyword' isn't, |
1762 file isn't readonly, etc. | |
7 | 1763 8 When an ":edit" is inside a try command and the ATTENTION prompt is used, |
1764 the :catch commands are always executed, also when the file is edited | |
1765 normally. Should reset did_emsg and undo side effects. Also make sure | |
16 | 1766 the ATTENTION message shows up. Servatius Brandt works on this. |
7 | 1767 8 ":g//" gives "Pattern not found error" with E486. Should not use the |
1768 error number, it's not a regular error message. | |
1769 7 Vimtutor leaves escape sequence in terminal. This is the xterm response to | |
1770 requesting the version number. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto) | |
1771 8 When redirecting and using ":silent" the current column for displaying and | |
1772 redirection can be different. Use a separate variable to hold the column | |
1773 for redirection. | |
1774 7 The messages for "vim --help" and "vim --version" don't use | |
1775 'termencoding'. | |
1125 | 1776 - Could the hit-enter prompt be avoided when a message only overlaps the |
1777 'showcmd' area? Clear that area when the next cmd is typed. | |
7 | 1778 8 When 'scrollbind' is set, a window won't scroll horizontally if the cursor |
1779 line is too short. Add a word in 'scrollopt' to allow moving the cursor | |
1780 to longer line that is visible. A similar thing is done for the GUI when | |
1781 using the horizontal scrollbar. | |
1782 7 VisVim can only open one file. Hard to solve: each opened file is passed | |
1783 with a separate invocation, would need to use timestamps to know the | |
1784 invocations belong together. | |
1785 8 When giving a ":bwipeout" command a file-changed dialog may popup for this | |
1786 buffer, which is pointless. (Mike Williams) | |
1787 8 On MS-Windows ":make" doesn't show output while it is working. Use the | |
1788 tee.exe from http://unxutils.sourceforge.net/ ? About 16 Kbyte in the | |
1789 UnxUtils.zip archive. | |
1790 Alternate one: http://www.pramodx.20m.com/tee_for_win32.htm, but Walter | |
1791 Briscoe says it's not as good. | |
819 | 1792 8 "stl" and "stlnc" in 'fillchars' don't work for multi-byte characters. |
844 | 1793 8 When doing Insert mode completion a mapping cannot recursively call |
1794 edit(), because the completion information is global. Put everything in | |
1795 an allocated structure? | |
1125 | 1796 6 Python: ":py raw_input('prompt')" doesn't work. (Manu Hack) |
7 | 1797 8 Command line completion: buffers "foo.txt" and "../b/foo.txt", completing |
1798 ":buf foo<Tab>" doesn't find the second one. (George V. Reilly) | |
1799 7 Output for ":scriptnames" and ":breaklist" should shorten the file names: | |
1800 use "~/" when possible. | |
1801 7 mb_off2cells() doesn't work correctly on the tail byte of a double-byte | |
1802 character. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto) It should return 1 when used on a tail | |
1803 byte, like for utf-8. Store second byte of double-byte in ScreenLines2[] | |
1804 (like for DBCS_JPNU) and put a zero in the second byte (like for UTF-8). | |
1805 8 'backupdir' and 'directory' should use $TMPDIR, $TMP and/or $TEMP when | |
1806 defined. | |
1807 7 Inside a function with "perl <<EOF" a line with "$i++" is recognized as an | |
1808 ":insert" command, causing the following "endfunction" not to be found. | |
1809 Add skipping this perl construction inside function definitions. | |
1810 7 When 'ttimeoutlen' is 10 and 'timeoutlen' is 1000, there is a keycode | |
1811 "<Esc>a" and a mapping <Esc>x", when typing "<Esc>a" with half a second | |
1812 delay should not be interpreted as a keycode. (Hans Ginzel) | |
1813 7 ":botright 1 new" twice causes all window heights to be changed. Make the | |
1814 bottom window only bigger as much as needed. | |
1815 7 The Cygwin and MingW makefiles define "PC", but it's not used anywhere. | |
1816 Remove? (Dan Sharp) | |
1817 9 User commands use the context of the script they were defined in. This | |
1818 causes a "s:var" argument to unexpectedly use a variable in the defining | |
1819 script, not the calling script. Add an argument to ":command": | |
1820 "-keepcontext". Do replace <SID>, so that a function in the defining | |
1821 script can be called. | |
1822 8 The Japanese message translations for MS-Windows are called ja.sjis.po, | |
1823 but they use encoding cp932. Rename the file and check that it still | |
1824 works. | |
1825 8 A very long message in confirm() can't be quit. Make this possible with | |
1826 CTRL-C. | |
1827 7 clip_x11_own_selection() uses CurrentTime, that is not allowed. VNC X | |
1828 server has a problem with this. (Mark Waggoner) Remembering the timestamp | |
1829 of events isn't always possible. We don't get them in an xterm. GTK | |
1830 doesn't obtain the selection again when the timestamp differs, thus it | |
1831 won't work for GTK anyway. | |
1832 8 When the clipboard isn't supported: ":yank*" gives a confusing error | |
1833 message. Specifically mention that the register name is invalid. | |
237 | 1834 8 "gf" always excludes trailing punctuation characters. file_name_in_line() |
7 | 1835 is currently fixed to use ".,:;!". Add an option to make this |
1836 configurable? | |
1837 8 'hkmap' should probably be global-local. | |
1838 9 When "$" is in 'cpoptions' and folding is active, a "C" command changes | |
1839 the folds and resets w_lines_valid. The display updating doesn't work | |
1840 then. (Pritesh Mistry) | |
1841 8 Using ":s" in a function changes the previous replacement string. Save | |
1842 "old_sub" in save_search_patterns()? | |
1125 | 1843 8 Should allow multi-byte characters for the delimiter: ":s+a+b+" where "+" |
1844 is a multi-byte character. | |
7 | 1845 8 When appending to a file and 'patchmode' isn't empty, a backup file is |
1846 always written, even when the original file already exists. | |
1847 7 When using "daw" on the last word in a file and this is a single letter, | |
1848 nothing is deleted. Should delete the letter and preceding white space. | |
1849 9 When getting focus while writing a large file, could warn for this file | |
1850 being changed outside of Vim. Avoid checking this while the file is being | |
1851 written. | |
1852 7 The message in bt_dontwrite_msg() could be clearer. | |
1853 8 The script ID that is stored with an option and displayed with ":verbose | |
1854 set" isn't reset when the option is set internally. For example when | |
1855 'foldlevel' is set from 'foldlevelstart'. | |
856 | 1856 8 Also store the line number with the script ID and use it for ":verbose", |
1857 so that "set nocompatible" is found when it changes other option values. | |
1125 | 1858 When an option is set indirectly mention the command? E.g. when |
1859 ":diffsplit" sets 'foldmethod'. | |
7 | 1860 8 In the fileformat dialog, "Cancel" isn't translated. Add a global |
1861 variable for this. (Eduardo Fernandez) | |
1862 9 When editing a file with 'readonly' set, there is no check for an existing | |
1863 swap file. Then using ":write" (without making any changes) doesn't give | |
1864 a warning either. Should check for an existing swap file without creating | |
1698 | 1865 one. Unfinished patch by Ian Kelling, 2008 July 14. |
7 | 1866 7 When 'showbreak' is set, the amount of space a Tab occupies changes. |
1867 Should work like 'showbreak' is inserted without changing the Tabs. | |
1868 7 When 'mousefocus' is set and switching to another window with a typed | |
1869 command, the mouse pointer may be moved to a part of the window that's | |
1870 covered by another window and we lose focus. Only move in the y | |
1871 direction, not horizontally? | |
1872 8 ":hardcopy": | |
1873 - Using the cterm_color[] table is wrong when t_colors is > 16. | |
1874 - Need to handle unprintable characters. | |
1875 - Win32: On a B&W printer syntax highlighting isn't visible. Perform | |
1876 dithering to make grey text? | |
1877 - Add a flag in 'printoptions' to add an empty page to make the total | |
1878 number even. "addempty"? (Mike Williams) | |
24 | 1879 - Respect 'linebreak'. Perhaps also 'showbreak'? |
7 | 1880 - Should interpreted CTRL-L as a page break. |
1881 - Grey line numbers are not always readable. Add field in 'printoptions'. | |
1882 Default to black when no syntax highlighting. | |
1883 - Be able to print a window in diff mode. | |
1884 - Be able to specify a colorscheme to use for printing. And a separate | |
1885 one for B&W printing (if that can be detected). | |
1886 8 In Visual block mode with 'lbr' set, a change command doesn't insert the | |
1887 text in following lines where the linebreak changes. | |
1888 9 dosinst.c: The DJGPP version can't uninstall the Uninstall registry key on | |
1889 Windows NT. How to install a .inf file on Windows NT and how to detect | |
1890 that Windows NT is being used? | |
1891 8 When 'virtualedit' is "block,insert" and encoding is "utf-8", selecting a | |
1892 block of one double-wide character, then "d" deletes only half of it. | |
1893 8 When 'virtualedit' is set, should "I" in blockwise visual mode also insert | |
1894 in lines that don't extend into the block? | |
1895 8 With 'virtualedit' set, in Insert mode just after the end of line, CTRL-O | |
1896 yh does not yank the last character of the line. (Pavel Papushev) | |
1897 Doing "hl" first appears to make it work. | |
1898 8 With 'virtualedit' set it's possible to move into the blank area from | |
1899 'linebreak'. | |
1900 8 With 'virtualedit' set and 'selection' "exclusive", a Visual selection | |
1901 that ends in or after a tab, "d" doesn't delete (part of) the tab. | |
1902 (Helmut Stiegler) | |
1903 9 When jumping to a tag, the search pattern is put in the history. When | |
1904 'magic' is on, the pattern may not work. Translate the pattern depending | |
1905 on p_magic when putting it in the history? Alternative: Store value of | |
1906 'magic' in history. (Margo) | |
1907 9 optwin.vim: Restoring a mapping for <Space> or <CR> is not correct for | |
1908 ":noremap". Add "mapcmd({string}, {mode})? Use code from ":mkexrc". | |
1909 9 incsearch is incorrect for "/that/<Return>/this/;//" (last search pattern | |
1910 isn't updated). | |
1911 9 term_console is used before it is set (msdos, Amiga). | |
1912 9 Get out-of-memory for ":g/^/,$s//@/" on 1000 lines, this is not handled | |
1913 correctly. Get many error messages while redrawing the screen, which | |
1914 cause another redraw, etc. | |
1915 8 [<C-I> doesn't work when '*' is in 'iskeyword'. find_pattern_in_path() | |
1916 must escape special characters in the pattern. | |
1917 8 Vim can overwrite a read-only file with ":w!". ":w" can't overwrite an | |
1918 existing file, "w!" can, but perhaps not a read-only file? Then use | |
1919 ":w!!" for that. | |
1920 Or ask for permission to overwrite it (if file can be made writable) and | |
1921 restore file to readonly afterwards. | |
460 | 1922 Overwriting a file for which a swap file exists is similar issue. |
7 | 1923 7 When compiled with "xterm_clipboard", startup can be slower and might get |
1924 error message for invalid $DISPLAY. Try connecting to the X server in the | |
1925 background (forked), so that Vim starts up quicker? Connect as soon as | |
1926 the clipboard is to be used (Visual select mode starts, paste from | |
1927 clipboard) | |
1928 7 X11: Some people prefer to use CLIPBOARD instead of PRIMARY for the normal | |
1929 selection. Add an "xclipboard" argument to the 'clipboard' option? (Mark | |
1930 Waggoner) | |
1931 8 For xterm need to open a connection to the X server to get the window | |
1932 title, which can be slow. Can also get the title with "<Esc>[21t", no | |
1933 need to use X11 calls. This returns "<Esc>]l{title}<Esc>\". | |
34 | 1934 6 When the xterm reports the number of colors, a redraw occurs. This is |
1935 annoying on a slow connection. Wait for the xterm to report the number of | |
1936 colors before drawing the screen. With a timeout. | |
7 | 1937 8 When the builtin xterm termcap contains codes that are not wanted, need a |
1938 way to avoid using the builtin termcap. | |
1939 8 Xterm sends ^[[H for <Home> and ^[[F for <End> in some mode. Also | |
1940 recognize these keys? Mostly useful for xterm simulators, like gnometerm. | |
1941 See http://dickey.his.com/xterm/xterm.faq.html#xterm_pc_style. | |
837 | 1942 8 For xterm also recognize keypad up/down/left/right and insert. |
7 | 1943 8 '[ and '] should be set to start/end of line when using a linewise operator |
1944 (e.g., ":w"). | |
1945 8 CTRL-A can't handle big "long" numbers, they become negative. Check for | |
1946 "-" character, if not present, use unsigned long. | |
1947 8 Make it possible to disable the special meaning of "#" in the first column | |
1948 for ">>". | |
1949 8 Add suspending with CTRL-Z at the "more" prompt, and when executing a long | |
1950 script in do_cmdline(). | |
1951 8 When using 'hidden', many swap files will be open. When Vim runs into the | |
1952 maximum number of open files, error messages will appear. Detect that | |
1953 this problem is present, and close any hidden files that don't have | |
1954 changes. | |
1955 8 With 'viminfo' set such that the ".viminfo" file is written on a FAT | |
1956 filesystem, an illegal file name may be created: ".vim". | |
1957 8 For each buffer that is opened, the viminfo file is opened and read to | |
1958 check for file marks. This can be slow. | |
1959 7 In xterm, recognize both vt100 and vt220 cursor keys. Change | |
1960 add_termcode() to not remove an existing entry for a name, when it's | |
1961 needed. | |
1962 Need a generic solution to recognize different codes for the same key. | |
1963 8 Core dump within signal function: gdb doesn't show stack backtrace! Option | |
1964 to skip catch_signals()? | |
1965 9 Repeating a "cw" with "." doesn't work if the text was pasted from the | |
1966 clipboard. (Thomas Jones) It's because the menu/toolbar item exits Insert | |
1967 mode and uses "gP". How to fix this without breaking inserting a block of | |
1968 text? | |
1969 8 In Replace mode pasting from the clipboard (using menu or toolbar) inserts | |
1970 all the text. Add ":rmenu"? | |
1971 8 Pasting with the mouse in Replace mode inserts the text, instead of | |
1972 overwriting, when it is more than one line. Same for using <C-R>. | |
1973 9 CTRL-E and CTRL-Y don't work in small window when 'so' is 4 and lines are | |
1974 wrapping (Acevedo/in.226). E.g., when using CTRL-E, window height 7, | |
1975 window might actually scroll down when last line of buffer is displayed. | |
1976 --> Remember if the previous command was "cursor follows screen" or | |
1977 "screen follow cursor" and use this in cursupdate(). | |
1978 7 tilde_replace() can only handle "~/", should also do "~user/". | |
1979 Get the list of home directories (from /etc/passwd? Use getpwent()) and | |
1980 use some clever algorithm to match a path with that. Find common strings | |
1981 in the list? | |
1982 8 When dragging status line with mouse, sometimes a jump when first clicking | |
1983 on the status line (caused by 'winheight'). Select window on button up, | |
1984 instead of on button down. | |
1985 8 Dragging the status line doesn't scroll but redraw. | |
1986 9 Evaluating 'statusline' in build_stl_str_hl() does not properly check for | |
1987 reaching the end of the available buffer. | |
1125 | 1988 Patch to dynamically allocate the buffer for % items. (Eric Arnold, 2006 |
1989 May 14) | |
7 | 1990 8 When performing incremental search, should abort searching as soon as a |
1991 character is typed. | |
1992 8 When the value of $MAKE contains a path, configure can't handle this. | |
1993 It's an autoconf bug. Remove the path from $MAKE to work around it. | |
1994 8 How to set VIMRC_FILE to \"something\" for configure? Why does this not | |
1995 work: CFLAGS='-DVIMRC_FILE=\"/mydir/myfile\"' ./configure | |
1996 8 The temporary file is sometimes not writable. Check for this, and use an | |
1997 alternate name when it isn't. Or add the 'temptemplate' option: template | |
1998 for the temp file name ":set temptemplate=/usr/tmp/?????.tmp". | |
1999 Also: Win32 version uses Windows temp directory, which might not work for | |
2000 cygwin bash. | |
2001 7 Get error "*, \+ or \( operand could be empty" for pattern "\(.\)\1\{3}". | |
2002 Remember flags for backreferences. | |
2003 7 When switching to Daylight Saving Time, Vim complains that a file has been | |
2004 changed since last read. Can we use a function that uses GMT? | |
2005 7 When completing an environment variable after a '$', check for file names | |
2006 that contain a '$' after all have been found. | |
2007 8 When "cm" termcap entry is missing, starting gvim shouldn't complain about | |
2008 it. (Lohner) Try out with "vt100" entry, cm replaced with cX. | |
2009 7 When an include file starts with "../", the check for already visiting | |
2010 this file doesn't work. Need to simplify the file name. | |
2011 7 The names and comments for the arguments of do_browse() are confusing. | |
2012 "dflt" isn't the default file name when "initdir" is not NULL and | |
2013 "initdir" is the default path to be used. | |
2014 7 When 'scrolloff' is exactly half the window height, "j" causes a scroll of | |
2015 two lines at a time. "k" doesn't do this. (Cory T. Echols) | |
2016 8 When write_viminfo() is used while there are many orphaned viminfo | |
2017 tempfiles writing the viminfo file fails. Give a clear error message so | |
2018 that the user knows he has to delete the files. | |
2019 7 It's possible to redefine a script-local function with ":func | |
2020 <SNR>123_Test()". (Krishna) Disallow this. | |
2021 | |
2022 | |
2023 I can't reproduce these (if you can, let me know how!): | |
2024 9 NT 4.0 on NTFS file system: Editing ".bashrc" (drag and drop), file | |
2025 disappears. Editing ".xyz" is OK. Also, drag&drop only works for three | |
2026 files. (McCollister) | |
2027 | |
2028 | |
2029 Problems that will (probably) not be solved: | |
835 | 2030 - GTK: when using the popup menu with spelling suggestions and releasing the |
2031 right mouse button before the menu appears selecting an item with the | |
2032 right mouse button has no effect. GTK does not produce an event for this. | |
1698 | 2033 - GTK 2: Cannot use the file selector. When using it many things become |
2034 slow. This is caused by some code in GTK that writes | |
2035 ~/.recently-used.xbel every time an event is handled. It assumes the main | |
2036 loop is never quit, which is a wrong assumption. Also, it overwrites the | |
2037 file with different file permissions, which is a privacy issue. This | |
2038 needs to be fixed in GTK. A solution in Vim would be really complicated. | |
2039 (2008 Jul 31) | |
34 | 2040 - xterm title: The following scenario may occur (esp. when running the Vim |
2041 test script): Vim 1 sets the title to "file1", then restores the title to | |
162 | 2042 "xterm" with an ESC sequence when exiting. Vim 2 obtains the old title |
34 | 2043 with an X library call, this may result in "file1", because the window |
2044 manager hasn't processed the "xterm" title yet. Can apparently only be | |
2045 worked around with a delay. | |
7 | 2046 - In a terminal with 'mouse' set such that the mouse is active when entering |
2047 a command line, after executing a shell command that scrolls up the | |
2048 display and then pressing ":": Selecting text with the mouse works like | |
2049 the display wasn't scrolled. Vim doesn't know how much the external | |
2050 command scrolled up the display. Use Shift to select text. | |
2051 - X windows: When $DISPLAY points to a X server where there is no access | |
2052 permission, trying to connect to the X server causes an error message. | |
2053 XtOpenDisplay() prints this directly, there is no way to avoid it. | |
2054 - X windows: Setting 'guifontset' to an illegal value sometimes crashes Vim. | |
2055 This is caused by a fault in a X library function, can't be solved in Vim. | |
1125 | 2056 - Win32 tcl: has("tcl") hangs when the tcl84.dll is from cygwin. |
7 | 2057 - Motif: When adding a menu item "Find this &Symbol", the "s" in "this" will |
2058 be underlined, instead of in "Symbol". Motif doesn't let us specify which | |
2059 character gets the highlighting. | |
2060 - Moving the cursor removes color in color-xterm. This is a color-xterm | |
2061 problem! color-xterm ver. 6.1 beta 3 and later work properly. | |
2062 - In zsh, "gvim&" changes the terminal settings. This is a zsh problem. | |
2063 (Jennings) | |
2064 - Problem with HPterm under X: old contents of window is lost (Cosentino). | |
2065 - Amiga: When using quickfix with the Manx compiler we only get the first 25 | |
2066 errors. How do we get the rest? | |
2067 - Amiga: The ":cq" command does not always abort the Manx compiler. Why? | |
237 | 2068 - Linux: A file with protection r--rw-rw- is seen readonly for others. The |
7 | 2069 access() function in GNU libc is probably wrong. |
2070 - MSDOS: When using smartdrive with write-back buffering, writing to a | |
2071 readonly floppy will cause problems. How to test for a writable floppy | |
2072 first? | |
2073 - MSDOS: Both 16 and 32 bit versions: File name expansion doesn't work for | |
2074 names that start with a dot. These used to be illegal file names. | |
2075 - When doing a CTRL-Z and typing a command for the shell, while Vim is busy | |
2076 (e.g. writing a file), the command for the shell is sometimes eaten by Vim, | |
2077 because the terminal mode is changed from RAW to CBREAK. | |
2078 - An old version of GNU tgoto can't handle the terminfo code for "AF". The | |
2079 "%p1" is interpreted as "%p" and "1", causing color not to be working. | |
2080 Fix: Change the "%p1" in the "AF" and "AB" terminfo entries to "%p". | |
2081 (Benzinger). | |
2082 - When running an external command from the GUI, typeahead is going to that | |
2083 program, not to Vim. It looks like the shell eats the characters, Vim | |
2084 can't get back what the external command didn't use. | |
2085 - Win32 GUI: Error code from external command not returned in shell_error. | |
2086 It appears that cmd.exe and command.com don't return an error code. | |
2087 - Win32 GUI: The Toolbar is a bit too high when the flat style is being | |
2088 used. We don't have control over the height of the Toolbar. | |
2089 - Win32: All files created on the day of switching from winter to summer | |
2090 time cause "changed since editing started" messages. It goes away when | |
2091 the file is written again the next day, or the timezone is adjusted. | |
2092 DJGPP version is OK. (Zaimi) Looks like a problem with the Win32 library. | |
2093 Rebooting doesn't help. Time stamps look OK in directory. (Penn) | |
2094 Is this on FAT (stores wall clock time) or NTFS (stores UTS)? | |
2095 - Win32, MS-Windows XP: $HOME uses the wrong drive when the user profiles | |
2096 are not on the boot disk. This is caused by a wrong value of $HOMEDRIVE. | |
2097 This is a bug in XP, see MSKB article 818134. | |
2098 - SunOS 5.5.1 with Motif: The file open dialog does not have a horizontal | |
2099 scroll bar for the "files" selection. This is a problem in the Motif | |
2100 libraries, get a patch from Sun. | |
2101 - Solaris 2.6 with GTK and Perl: gvim crashes when started. Problem with X | |
2102 input method called from GDK code. Without Perl it doesn't crash. | |
2103 - VMS: Vimdiff doesn't work with the VMS diff, because the output looks | |
2104 different. This makes test 47 fail. Install a Unix-compatible diff. | |
2105 - VMS v7.1 and older: Tests 21 and 32 fail. From VMS v7.1-2 and newer Vim | |
2106 does not have this behavior. (Zoltan Arpadffy) | |
2107 - Win32 GUI: mouse wheel always scrolls rightmost window. The events arrive | |
2108 in Vim as if the rightmost scrollbar was used. | |
2109 - GTK with Gnome: Produces an error message when starting up: | |
2110 Gdk-WARNING **: locale not supported by C library | |
2111 This is caused by the gnome library gnome_init() setting $LC_CTYPE to | |
2112 "en_US". Not all systems support this locale name, thus causing the | |
2113 error. Hopefully a newer version of GTK/Gnome fixes this problem. | |
2114 - GTK 2: With this mapping the hit-enter prompt is _sometimes_ below the | |
2115 screen, at other times there is a grey area below the command line: | |
2116 :nmap <F11> :if &guioptions=~'m' \| set guioptions-=m \| else \| set guioptions+=m \| endif<cr> | |
2117 - GTK: When pasting a selection from Vim to xclipboard gvim crashes with a | |
2118 ABRT signal. Probably an error in the file gdkselection.c, the assert | |
2119 always fails when XmbTextListToTextProperty() fails. (Tom Allard) | |
10 | 2120 - GTK 2: gives an assertion error for every non-builtin icon in the toolbar. |
2121 This is a GTK 2.4.x bug, fixed in GTK 2.4.2. (Thomas de Grenier de Latour) | |
7 | 2122 - When using an xterm that supports the termresponse feature, and the 't_Co' |
2123 termcap option was wrong when Vim started, it will be corrected when the | |
2124 termresponse is received. Since the number of colors changes, the | |
2125 highlighting needs to be initialized again. This may cause colors defined | |
2126 in the vimrc file to be lost. | |
2127 - On Windows NT 4.0 the number of files passed to Vim with drag&drop and | |
2128 "Edit with Vim" is limited. The maximum command line length is 255 chars. | |
2129 | |
2130 --------------------- extensions and improvements ---------------------- | |
2131 *extensions-improvements* | |
2132 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2133 Most interesting new features to be added when all bugs have been fixed: |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2134 - Using ":exe edit fname" has escaping problems. Use ":edit ++(fname)". |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2135 Thus use "++=" to give arguments as expressions, comma separated as if |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2136 calling a function. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2137 With options: ":edit ++(['!', '++enc=abc'], ['+/pat'], fname)". |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2138 Alternative: Make a function for Ex commands: cmd_edit(). |
713 | 2139 - Add COLUMN NUMBERS to ":" commands ":line1,line2[col1,col2]cmd". Block |
2140 can be selected with CTRL-V. Allow '$' (end of line) for col2. | |
2141 - Add DEBUGGER INTERFACE. Implementation for gdb by Xavier de Gaye. | |
2142 Should work like an IDE. Try to keep it generic. Now found here: | |
2143 http://clewn.sf.net. | |
2144 And the idevim plugin/script. | |
2145 To be able to start the debugger from inside Vim: For GUI run a program | |
2146 with a netbeans connection; for console: start a program that splits the | |
2147 terminal, runs the debugger in one window and reconnect Vim I/O to the | |
2148 other window. | |
2149 Wishes for NetBeans commands: | |
2150 - make it possible to have 'defineAnnoType' also handle terminal colors. | |
2151 - send 'balloonText' events for the cursor position (using CursorHold ?) | |
2152 in terminal mode. | |
2153 - ECLIPSE plugin. Problem is: the interface is very complicated. Need to | |
2154 implement part in Java and then connect to Vim. Some hints from Alexandru | |
2155 Roman, 2004 Dec 15. Should then also work with Oracle Jdeveloper, see JSR | |
2156 198 standard http://www.jcp.org/en/jsr/detail?id=198. | |
2157 Eclim does it: http://eclim.sourceforge.net/ (Eric Van Dewoestine) | |
2158 Plugin that uses a terminal emulator: http://vimplugin.sf.net | |
1125 | 2159 And another one: http://www.satokar.com/viplugin/index.php |
713 | 2160 - STICKY CURSOR: Add a way of scrolling that leaves the cursor where it is. |
2161 Especially when using the scrollbar. Typing a cursor-movement command | |
2162 scrolls back to where the cursor is. | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2163 - Scroll commands by screen line. g CTRL-E and g CTRL-Y ? Requires the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2164 first line to be able to start halfway. |
713 | 2165 - Running a shell command from the GUI still has limitations. Look into how |
2166 the terminal emulator of the Vim shell project can help: | |
2167 http://vimshell.wana.at | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2168 - Add Lua interface? (Wolfgang Oertl) patch by Luis Carvalho, 2008 Sep 5 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2169 Patch for Make_ming.mak from Paul Moore (2008 Sep 1) |
713 | 2170 8 Add a command to jump to a certain kind of tag. Allow the user to specify |
2171 values for the optional fields. E.g., ":tag size type=m". | |
2172 Also allow specifying the file and command, so that the result of | |
2173 taglist() can be used. | |
769 | 2174 - X11: Make it possible to run Vim inside a window of another program. |
2175 This can be done with XReparentWindow(). But how exactly? | |
713 | 2176 |
2177 | |
7 | 2178 Documentation: |
1125 | 2179 8 List of Vim runtime directories. dotvim.txt from Charles Campbell, 2007 |
2180 Feb 20. | |
36 | 2181 8 The GUI help should explain the Find and Find/Replace dialogs. Add a link |
2182 to it from ":promptrepl" and ":promptfind". | |
22 | 2183 8 List of options should mention whether environment variables are expanded |
2184 or not. | |
7 | 2185 8 Extend usr_27.txt a bit. (Adam Seyfarth) |
2186 7 Add a section on debugging scripts in the user manual. | |
2187 9 Make the Reference Manual more precise. For each command mention: | |
2188 - change to cursor position and curswant | |
2189 - if it can be undone (u/CTRL-R) and redone (.) | |
2190 - how it works for folded lines | |
2191 - how it works with multi-byte characters | |
2192 9 In change.txt, remark about Javadoc isn't right. Right alignment would | |
2193 work too. | |
2194 8 Spread the windows commands over the other files. For example, ":stag" | |
2195 should be with ":tag". Cross-link with tags to avoid too much double | |
2196 text. | |
2197 8 Add tags for all features, e.g. "gui_running". | |
2198 7 MS-Windows: When a wrong command is typed with an ALT key, give a hint to | |
2199 look at the help for 'winaltkeys'. | |
2200 7 Add a help.vim plugin that maps <Tab> to jump to the next tag in || and | |
2201 <C-Tab> (and <S-Tab>) to the previous tag. | |
1624 | 2202 Patch by Balazs Kezes, 2007 Dec 30. Remark from A. Politz. |
7 | 2203 - Check text editor compendium for vi and Vim remarks. |
2204 | |
2205 | |
2206 Help: | |
2207 - First try using the ":help" argument literally, before using it as a | |
2208 pattern. And then match it as part of a tag. | |
2209 - When a help item has multiple matches make it possible to use ":tn" to go | |
2210 to the other matches. | |
2211 - Support a way to view (and edit) .info files. | |
2212 - Default mapping for help files: <Tab> to position cursor on next |:tag|. | |
2213 - Implement a "sticky" help window, some help text lines that are always | |
2214 displayed in a window with fixed height. (Guckes) Use "~/.vimhelp" file, | |
2215 user can edit it to insert his favorite commands, new account can contain a | |
2216 default contents. | |
2217 - Make 'winminheight' a local option, so that the user can set a minimal | |
2218 height for the help window (and other windows). | |
2219 - ":help :s^I" should expand to ":help :substitute". | |
2220 - Make the help key (<F1>) context sensitive? | |
2221 - Learn mode: show short help while typing commands. | |
2222 | |
2223 | |
2224 User Friendlier: | |
419 | 2225 8 Windows install with NSIS: make it possible to do a silent install, see |
2226 http://nsis.sourceforge.net/Docs/Chapter4.html#4.12 | |
7 | 2227 8 Windows install with install.exe: Use .exe instead of .bat files for |
2228 links, so that command line arguments are passed on unmodified? (Walter | |
2229 Briscoe) | |
2230 8 Windows install: Be able to associate Vim with a selection of file types? | |
2231 8 Windows uninstall: Have uninstal.c delete the vimfiles directories that | |
2232 dosinst.c creates. List the contents of the directory (recursively) if | |
2233 the user asks for it. Requires an implementation of "rm -rf". | |
2234 8 Remember the name of the vimrc file that was used (~/.vimrc, $VIM/_vimrc, | |
2235 $HOME/_vimrc, etc.) and add "edit vimrc" to the File menu. | |
2236 - Add a way to save local settings and mappings into a new plugin file. | |
2237 ":mkplugin <file>"? | |
2238 8 Add ":plugininstall" command. Can be used to install a plugin file that | |
2239 includes documentation. Let the user select a directory from | |
2240 'runtimepath'. | |
2241 " Vim plugin | |
2242 <main plugin code> | |
2243 " >>> plugin help start <<< | |
2244 <plugin docs> | |
2245 - Add mappings local to a window: ":map <window> ..."? | |
2246 9 Add buffer-local menu. Should offer a choice between removing the menu or | |
2247 disabling it. Be careful that tear-offs don't disappear (keep one empty | |
2248 item?). | |
2249 Alternative: use BufEnter and BufLeave autocommands. | |
2250 8 make a vimtutor script for Amiga and other systems. | |
2251 7 Add the arguments for configure to the ":version" output? | |
387 | 2252 7 When Vim detects a file is being edited elsewhere and it's a gvim session |
2253 of the same user it should offer a "Raise" button, so that the other gvim | |
2254 window can be displayed. (Eduard) | |
640 | 2255 8 Support saving and restoring session for X windows? It should work to do |
2256 ":mksession" and use "-S fname" for the restart command. The | |
2257 gui_x11_wm_protocol_handler() already takes care of the rest. | |
2258 global_event_filter() for GTK. | |
7 | 2259 |
2260 | |
693 | 2261 Tab pages: |
2262 9 GUI implementation for the tab pages line for other systems. | |
1125 | 2263 7 GUI: Control over the appearance of the text in the labels (bold, color, |
2264 font, etc.) | |
693 | 2265 8 Make GUI menu in tab pages line configurable. Like the popup menu. |
838 | 2266 8 balloons for the tab page labels that are shortened to show the full path. |
693 | 2267 8 :tabmove +N move tab page N pages forward |
2268 8 :tabmove -N move tab page N pages backward | |
2269 7 :tabdup duplicate the tab with all its windows. | |
2270 7 Option to put tab line at the left or right? Need an option to specify | |
1226 | 2271 its width. It's like a separate window with ":tabs" output. |
693 | 2272 7 Add local variables for each tab page? |
2273 8 Add local options for each tab page? E.g., 'diffopt' could differ between | |
2274 tab pages. | |
2275 7 Add local highlighting for each tab page? | |
1125 | 2276 7 Add local directory for tab pages? How would this interfere with |
2277 window-local directories? | |
693 | 2278 |
2279 | |
388 | 2280 Spell checking: |
1668 | 2281 - have some way not to give spelling errors for a range of characters. |
2282 E.g. for Chinese and other languages with specific characters for which we | |
2283 don't have a spell file. Useful when there is also text in other | |
2284 languages in the file. | |
1125 | 2285 - Support more regions? Caolan McNamara argues it's needed for es_XX. |
2286 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=219777 | |
2287 - Unicode defines another quote character: 0x2019. Use it as an equivalent | |
2288 of a single quote, thus use it as a word character like a quote and match | |
2289 with words, replacing the curly quote with a single quote. | |
2290 - Could filter é things for HTML before doing spell checking. | |
2291 Similarly for TeX. | |
860 | 2292 - The Hungarian spell file uses four extra characters in the FOL/UPP/LOW |
2293 items than other spell files with the ISO-8859-2 encoding, that causes | |
2294 problem when changing 'spelllang'. There is no obvious way to fix this. | |
827 | 2295 - Considering Hunspell 1.1.4: |
2296 What does MAXNGRAMSUGS do? | |
2297 Is COMPLEXPREFIXES necessary when we have flags for affixes? | |
1624 | 2298 - Support spelling words in CamelCase as if they were two separate words. |
2299 Requires some option to enable it. (Timothy Knox) | |
2072 | 2300 - There is no Finnish spell checking file. For openoffice Voikko is now |
1125 | 2301 used, which is based on Malaga: http://home.arcor.de/bjoern-beutel/malaga/ |
2302 (Teemu Likonen) | |
827 | 2303 8 ":mkspell" still takes much too long in Hungarian dictionary from |
2304 hunspell. Only solution appears to be to postpone secondary suffixes. | |
2305 8 Handle postponed prefix with COMPOUNDPERMITFLAG or COMPOUNDFORBIDFLAG. | |
2306 WFP_COMPPERMIT and WFP_COMPFORBID | |
2307 8 implement use of <compoptions> in .spl file: | |
2308 implement CHECKCOMPOUNDREP: when a compound word seems to be OK apply REP | |
1668 | 2309 items and check if the result is a valid word. |
827 | 2310 implement CHECKCOMPOUNDDUP |
2311 implement CHECKCOMPOUNDTRIPLE | |
2312 Add CHECKCOMPOUNDCASE: when compounding make leading capital lower case. | |
2313 How is it supposed to work? | |
819 | 2314 - Add a command the repeats ]s and z=, showing the misspelled word in its |
2315 context. Thus to spell-check a whole file. | |
700 | 2316 - suggestion for "KG" to "kg" when it's keepcase. |
821 | 2317 - For flags on affixes: Use a "AFFCOMPSET" flag; means the compound flags of |
2318 the word are not used. | |
798 | 2319 - Support breakpoint character ? 0xb7 and ignore it? Makes it possible to |
713 | 2320 use same wordlist for hyphenation. |
809 | 2321 - Compound word is accepted if nr of words is <= COMPOUNDWORDMAX OR nr of |
501 | 2322 syllables <= COMPOUNDSYLMAX. Specify using AND in the affix file? |
625 | 2323 - NEEDCOMPOUND also used for affix? Or is this called ONLYINCOMPOUND now? |
2324 Or is ONLYINCOMPOUND only for inside a compound, not at start or end? | |
501 | 2325 - Do we need a flag for the rule that when compounding is done the following |
2326 word doesn't have a capital after a word character, even for Onecap words? | |
2327 - New hunspell home page: http://hunspell.sourceforge.net/ | |
538 | 2328 - Version 1.1.0 is out now, look into that. |
501 | 2329 - Lots of code depends on LANG, that isn't right. Enable each mechanism |
2330 in the affix file separately. | |
2331 - Example with compounding dash is bad, gets in the way of setting | |
809 | 2332 COMPOUNDMIN and COMPOUNDWORDMAX to a reasonable value. |
501 | 2333 - PSEUDOROOT == NEEDAFFIX |
2334 - COMPOUNDROOT -> COMPOUNDED? For a word that already is a compound word | |
2335 Or use COMPOUNDED2, COMPOUNDED3, etc. | |
2336 - CIRCUMFIX: when a word uses a prefix marked with the CIRCUMFIX flag, then | |
2337 the word must also have a suffix marked with the CIRCUMFIX flag. It's a | |
2338 bit primitive, since only one flag is used, which doesn't allow matching | |
2339 specific prefixes with suffixes. | |
2340 Alternative: | |
2341 PSFX {flag} {pchop} {padd} {pcond} {schop} {sadd}[/flags] {scond} | |
2342 We might not need this at all, you can use the NEEDAFFIX flag and the | |
2343 affix which is required. | |
2344 - When a suffix has more than one syllable, it may count as a word for | |
809 | 2345 COMPOUNDWORDMAX. |
501 | 2346 - Add flags to count extra syllables in a word. SYLLABLEADD1 SYLLABLEADD2, |
2347 etc.? Or make it possible to specify the syllable count of a word | |
2348 directly, e.g., after another slash: /abc/3 | |
625 | 2349 - MORPHO item in affix file: ignore TAB and morphological field after |
2350 word/flags and affix. | |
501 | 2351 - Implement multiple flags for compound words and CMP item? |
2352 Await comments from other spell checking authors. | |
2353 - Also see tklspell: http://tkltrans.sourceforge.net/ | |
388 | 2354 8 Charles Campbell asks for method to add "contained" groups to existing |
2355 syntax items (to add @Spell). | |
2356 Add ":syntax contains {pattern} add=@Spell" command? A bit like ":syn | |
2357 cluster" but change the contains list directly for matching syntax items. | |
2358 - References: MySpell library (in OpenOffice.org). | |
2359 http://spellchecker.mozdev.org/source.html | |
2360 http://whiteboard.openoffice.org/source/browse/whiteboard/lingucomponent/source/spellcheck/myspell/ | |
2361 author: Kevin Hendricks <kevin.hendricks@sympatico.ca> | |
1624 | 2362 8 It is currently not possible to mark "can not" as rare, because "can" and |
2363 "not" are good words. Find a way to let "rare" overrule "good"? | |
388 | 2364 8 Make "en-rare" spell file? Ask Charles Campbell. |
2365 8 The English dictionaries for different regions are not consistent in their | |
2366 use of words with a dash. | |
2367 7 Insert mode completion mechanism that uses the spell word lists. | |
2368 8 Add hl groups to 'spelllang'? | |
2369 :set spelllang=en_us,en-rare/SpellRare,en-math/SpellMath | |
2370 More complicated: Regions with different languages? E.g., comments | |
2371 in English, strings in German (po file). | |
2372 | |
2373 | |
7 | 2374 Diff mode: |
1624 | 2375 9 Instead invoking an external diff program, use builtin code. One can be |
2376 found here: http://www.ioplex.com/~miallen/libmba/dl/src/diff.c | |
7 | 2377 8 Use diff mode to show the changes made in a buffer (compared to the file). |
2378 Use an unnamed buffer, like doing: | |
2379 new | set bt=nofile | r # | 0d_ | diffthis | wincmd p | diffthis | |
557 | 2380 Also show difference with the file when editing started? Should show what |
2381 can be undone. (Tom Popovich) | |
7 | 2382 7 Add cursor-binding: when moving the cursor in one diff'ed buffer, also |
2383 move it in other diff'ed buffers, so that CTRL-W commands go to the same | |
2384 location. | |
2385 | |
2386 | |
2387 Folding: | |
569 | 2388 (commands still available: zI zJ zK zp zP zq zQ zV zy zY; |
2389 secondary: zB zS zT zZ, z=) | |
1125 | 2390 8 Vertical folds: looks like vertically split windows, but the cursor moves |
2391 through the vertical separator, separator moves when scrolling. | |
40 | 2392 8 Add "z/" and "z?" for searching in not folded text only. |
1125 | 2393 9 Add search pattern item to only match in closed or open fold and/or fold |
2394 with certain level. Allows doing ":g/pat/cmd" to work on closed folds. | |
237 | 2395 7 Use "++--", "+++--" for different levels instead of "+---" "+----". |
7 | 2396 8 When a closed fold is displayed open because of 'foldminlines', the |
2397 behavior of commands is still like the fold is closed. How to make the | |
2398 user aware of this? | |
2399 8 Add an option 'foldskip' with values like 'foldopen' that specifies which | |
2400 commands skip over a closed fold. | |
2401 8 "H" and "L" count buffer lines instead of window lines. (Servatius Brandt) | |
2402 8 Add a way to add fold-plugins. Johannes Zellner has one for VB. | |
2403 7 When using manual folding, the undo command should also restore folds. | |
36 | 2404 - Allow completely hiding a closed fold. E.g., by setting 'foldtext' to an |
2405 empty string. Require showing a character in 'foldcolumn' to avoid the | |
2406 missing line goes unnoticed. | |
2407 How to implement this? | |
7 | 2408 - When pressing the down arrow of a scrollbar, a closed fold doesn't scroll |
2409 until after a long time. How to make scrolling with closed folds | |
2410 smoother? | |
2411 - When creating a session, also store folds for buffers in the buffer list, | |
2412 using the wininfo in wi_folds. | |
860 | 2413 - When currently editing the first file in the argument list the session |
2414 file can contain: | |
2415 args version.c main.c | |
2416 edit version.c | |
2417 Can editing version.c twice be avoided? | |
7 | 2418 - 'foldmethod' "textobject": fold on sections and paragraph text objects. |
2419 - Add 'hidecomment' option: don't display comments in /* */ and after //. | |
36 | 2420 Or is the conceal patch from Vince Negri a more generic solution? |
625 | 2421 - "zuf": undo change in manual fold. "zUf" redo change in manual fold. How |
2422 to implement this? | |
7 | 2423 - "zJ" command: add the line or fold below the fold in the fold under the |
2424 cursor. | |
708 | 2425 - 'foldmethod' "syntax": "fold=3" argument: set fold level for a region or |
2426 match. | |
7 | 2427 - Apply a new foldlevel to a range of lines. (Steve Litt) |
36 | 2428 8 Have some way to restrict commands to not folded text. Also commands like |
7 | 2429 searches. |
2430 | |
2431 | |
2432 Multi-byte characters: | |
713 | 2433 - When editing a file with both utf-8 and latin1 text Vim always falls back |
2434 to latin1. Add a command to convert the latin1 characters to utf-8? | |
2435 :unmix utf-8,latin1 filename | |
2436 Would only work when 'encoding' is utf-8. | |
7 | 2437 9 When the tail byte of a double-byte character is illegal (e.g., a CR), the |
2438 display is messed up (Yasuhiro Matsumoto). Should check for illegal | |
2439 double-byte characters and display them differently (display each single | |
2440 byte). | |
2441 8 Add an item in 'fileencodings' to check the first lines of a file for | |
2442 the encoding. See Python PEP: http://www.python.org/peps/pep-0263.html. | |
2443 To avoid getting a wrong encoding only accept something Emacs-like: | |
2444 "-*- coding: enc-na_me.foo -*-" and "-*- coding= enc-na_me.foo -*-" | |
2445 Match with "-\*-\s*coding[:=]\s*\([::word::-_.]\+\)\s*-\*-" and use first | |
2446 item. | |
2447 8 Add an item in 'fileencodings' to check the first line of an XML file for | |
237 | 2448 the encoding. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> Or "charset=UTF-8"? |
2449 For HTML look for "charset=utf-8". | |
7 | 2450 8 The quickfix file is read without conversion, thus in 'encoding'. Add an |
2451 option to specify the encoding of the errorfile and convert it. Also for | |
36 | 2452 ":grep" and ":helpgrep". |
38 | 2453 More generic solution: support a filter (e.g., by calling a function). |
7 | 2454 8 When a file was converted from 'fileencoding' to 'encoding', a tag search |
2455 should also do this on the search pattern. (Andrzej M. Ostruszka) | |
1624 | 2456 8 When filtering changes the encoding 'fileencoding' may not work. E.g., |
2457 when using xxd and 'fileencoding' is "utf-16". Add an option to set a | |
2458 different fileencoding for filter output? | |
7 | 2459 7 When converting a file fails, mention which byte could not be converted, |
2460 so that the user can fix the problem. | |
2461 8 Add configure option to be able to disable using the iconv library. (Udo | |
2462 Schweigert) | |
2463 9 'aleph' should be set to 1488 for Unicode. (Zvi Har'El) | |
2464 8 Should add test for using various commands with multi-byte characters. | |
2465 8 'infercase' doesn't work with multi-byte characters. | |
2466 8 toupper() function doesn't handle byte count changes. | |
1624 | 2467 7 Searching and composing characters: |
2468 When searching, should order of composing characters be ignored? | |
2469 Add special item to match with a composing character, zero-width, so that | |
2470 one can replace a base character and keep the composing characters. | |
2471 Add a special item to match with a composing character, so that composing | |
2472 characters can be manipulated. | |
2473 Add a modifier to ignore composing characters, only compare base | |
2474 characters. Useful for Hebrew (Ron Aaron) | |
7 | 2475 8 Should implement 'delcombine' for command line editing. |
2476 8 Detect overlong UTF-8 sequences and handle them like illegal bytes. | |
2477 8 ":s/x/\u\1/" doesn't work, making uppercase isn't done for multi-byte | |
2478 characters. | |
2479 8 UTF-8: "r" in Visual mode doesn't take composing characters. | |
2480 8 UTF-8: When there is a precomposed character in the font, use it instead | |
2481 of a character and a composing character. See xterm for an example. | |
2482 7 When a character can't be displayed, display its digraph instead. | |
2483 'display' option to specify this. | |
2484 7 Use ideas for nl_langinfo() from Markus Kuhn in enc_default(): | |
2485 (www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/langinfo.c) | |
2486 - GTK and Win32: Allow selecting fonts for 'guifontset' with the | |
2487 fontselector somehow. | |
2488 - GTK and Win32: make it possible to set the font for the menu to make it | |
2489 possible to have 'encoding' different from the current locale. | |
2490 - dbcs_class() only works for Japanese and Korean. Implement this for | |
2491 other encodings. The "euc-jp" and "euc-kr" choices might be wrong. | |
2492 - Find some way to automatically select the right GUI font or fontset, | |
2493 depending on the default value of 'encoding'. | |
2494 Irrelevant in the GTK+ 2 GUI so long as UTF-8 is used. | |
2495 For Windows, the charset_pairs[] table could be used. But how do we know | |
2496 if a font exists? | |
2497 - Do keyboard conversion from 'termencoding' to 'encoding' with | |
88 | 2498 convert_input() for Mac GUI and RiscOS GUI. |
7 | 2499 - Add mnemonics from RFC1345 longer than two characters. |
2500 Support CTRL-K _{mnemonic}_ | |
2501 7 In "-- INSERT (lang) --" show the name of the keymap used instead of | |
2502 "lang". (Ilya Dogolazky) | |
500 | 2503 - Make 'breakat' accept multi-byte characters. Problem: can't use a lookup |
2504 table anymore (breakat_flags[]). | |
2505 Simplistic solution: when 'formatoptions' contains "m" also break a line | |
2506 at a multi-byte character >= 0x100. | |
7 | 2507 - Add the possibility to enter mappings which are used whenever normal text |
2508 could be entered. E.g., for "f" command. But not in Normal mode. Sort | |
2509 of opposite of 'langmap'. Use ":tmap" command? | |
2510 - When breaking a line, take properties of multi-byte characters into | |
2511 account. The "linebreak" program from Bruno Haible can do it: | |
2512 ftp://ftp.ilog.fr/pub/Users/haible/gnu/linebreak-0.1.tar.gz | |
2513 But it's very complicated... | |
2514 | |
2515 | |
2516 Printing: | |
218 | 2517 7 Implement "undercurl" for printing. |
7 | 2518 - Add "page width" to wrap long lines. |
2519 - Win32: use a font dialog for setting 'printfont'. Can reuse the code for | |
2520 the 'guifont' dialog, put the common code in a separate function. | |
46 | 2521 - Add the file timestamp to the page header (with an option). (George |
2522 Reilly) | |
7 | 2523 - Win32: when 'printfont' is empty use 'guifont'. |
2524 - Unix: Use some dialog box to do the obvious settings (paper size, printer | |
2525 name, portrait/landscape, etc). | |
1125 | 2526 - PostScript: Only works for text that can be converted to an 8-bit |
2527 character set. How to support Unicode fully? | |
7 | 2528 - Allow specifying the paper size, instead of using a standard size. Same |
2529 units as for the margins. | |
2530 - Support right-to-left text? | |
2531 8 Make the foreground color darkening function preserve the hue of the | |
2532 color. | |
2533 | |
2534 | |
2535 Syntax highlighting: | |
2536 8 Make ":syn off" use 'runtimepath' instead of $VIMRUNTIME. (Gary Johnson) | |
2537 Should do the same for ":syn on" and ":syn manual". | |
2538 8 Support "containedin" argument for ":syn include", so that the defined | |
2539 cluster can be added to existing syntax items. | |
2540 8 C syntax: Don't highlight {} as errors inside () when used like this: | |
2541 "({ something })", often used in GCC code. | |
819 | 2542 7 Add a "startgroup" to a region. Used like "nextgroup" inside the region, |
2543 preferred item at the start of the region. (Charles Campbell) | |
7 | 2544 8 When editing a new file without a name and giving it a name (by writing |
2545 it) and 'filetype' is not set, detect the filetype. Avoid doing it for | |
2546 ":wq file". | |
1125 | 2547 7 For "nextgroup" we have skipwhite, skipnl and skipempty. It would be |
2548 really nice to be able to skip with a pattern. Or skip with a syntax | |
2549 group. (Nikolai Weibull, 2007 Feb 27) | |
7 | 2550 8 Make conversion to HTML faster (Write it in C or pre-compile the script). |
2551 9 There is still a redraw bug somewhere. Probably because a cached state is | |
2552 used in a wrong way. I can't reproduce it... | |
2553 7 Be able to change only the background highlighting. Useful for Diff* and | |
2554 Search highlighting. | |
747 | 2555 7 When 'number' is set highlight the number of the current line. |
2556 Must be enabled with an option, because it slows down display updating. | |
7 | 2557 8 Allow the user to add items to the Syntax menu sorted, without having to |
2558 change this for each release. | |
2559 8 Add a "matchcontains" for regions: items contained in the start or end | |
2560 pattern, but not in the body. | |
2561 8 Add a "keepend-contained" argument: Don't change the end of an item this | |
2562 one is contained in. Like "keepend" but specified on the contained item, | |
2563 instead of the containing item. | |
2564 8 cpp.vim: In C++ it's allowed to use {} inside (). | |
2565 8 Some syntax files set 'iskeyword'. When switching to another filetype | |
2566 this isn't reset. Add a special keyword definition for the syntax rules? | |
2567 When this is done, use vim.vim syntax highlighting for help file examples, | |
2568 but without ":" in 'iskeyword' for syntax. | |
2569 8 Add specific syntax item to match with parens/braces that don't have a | |
2570 "%" match. :syntax nomatch cMatchError (,{,[,),},] [contained] | |
2571 8 Highlight the text between two matching parens (e.g., with a grey | |
2572 background) when on one of the parens or in between them. | |
694 | 2573 Option for the matchparen plugin? |
7 | 2574 8 Add a command to jump to the next character highlighted with "Error". |
2575 8 When using a cterm, and no ctermfg or ctermbg are defined, use start/stop | |
2576 sequences. Add remark in docs that :if 'term' == "term-name" should be | |
2577 used. | |
2578 8 Add @spell cluster to String and Comment groups for many languages. Will | |
2579 allow spell checking. (Fleiner) | |
2580 8 When listing syntax items, try to sort the keywords alphabetically. And | |
2581 re-insert the [] if possible. | |
2582 8 Make it possible to use color of text for Visual highlight group (like for | |
2583 the Cursor). | |
557 | 2584 8 It would be useful to make the highlight group name an expression. Then |
2585 when there is a match, the expression would be evaluated to find out what | |
2586 highlight group to use. Could be used to check if the shell used in a | |
2587 password file appears in /etc/shells. (Nikolai Weibull) | |
2588 syn match =s:checkShell(v:match) contained 'pattern' | |
7 | 2589 8 Make it possible to only highlight a sub-expression of a match. Like |
2590 using "\1" in a ":s" command. | |
2591 8 Support for deleting syntax items: | |
2592 :syn keyword cTodo remove this | |
2593 :syn match cTodo remove "pattern" | |
2594 :syn region cString remove start="this" end="that" | |
2595 8 Add possibility to sync on something else, when the syncing in one way | |
2596 doesn't find match. For HTML: When no {script} is found, try looking for | |
2597 a '<'. (Fleiner) | |
2598 7 Replace the synchronizing method with a state machine specification? | |
2599 Should be able to start at any line in the file, search forwards or | |
2600 backwards, and use the result of matching a pattern. | |
2601 7 Use parsing like awk, so that e.g., a ( without a matching ) can be | |
2602 detected. | |
2603 8 Make it possible to use "inverted" highlighting, invert the original | |
237 | 2604 character. For Visual mode. (xterm-selection already does this). |
7 | 2605 8 Highlight non-printable characters with "SpecialChar", linked to |
2606 "Special". Display them with the digraph characters, if possible. | |
2607 8 Highlight the clipboard-selection with a highlight group. | |
2608 8 Be able to reset highlighting to its original (default) values. | |
2609 7 Be able to write current highlighting to a file as commands, similar to | |
2610 ":mkvimrc". | |
2611 8 Improve c.vim: | |
2612 - Add check for unterminated strings, with a variable to switch it on: | |
2613 "c_strict_ansi". | |
2614 - Detect unbalanced "#endif". Requires looking back a long way... | |
2615 8 Add an option to restrict the updating of syntax highlighting to the | |
2616 current line while in Insert mode. | |
2617 8 When guessing value of 'background', the syntax file has already been | |
2618 loaded (from the .gvimrc). After changing 'background', load it again? | |
2619 8 Add ":syn resync" command, to re-parse the whole file until the current | |
2620 display position. | |
2621 8 Should support "me" offset for a region start pattern. To be used to | |
2622 allow searching for the end pattern inside the match of the end pattern. | |
2623 Example: syn region pikeXX start="([^{]" end=")" should work on "()". | |
2624 8 When using a regexp for "contains=", should delay matching with it until | |
2625 redrawing happens. Set a flag when a group is added, check this flag when | |
2626 highlighting starts. | |
1125 | 2627 8 Some terminals can display colors like the GUI. Add some setting to use |
2628 GUI colors for the terminal? With something to define the escape | |
2629 sequence. | |
844 | 2630 7 It's possible for an item to be transparent, so that the colors of an item |
2631 lower on the stack is used. Also do this with highlighting, so that the | |
2632 user can set transparent highlighting? E.g. a number in a C comment would | |
2633 get the color of a comment, a number in an assignment Normal. (Nikolai | |
2634 Weibull) | |
7 | 2635 7 Add "semitrans": Add highlighting. E.g., make the text bold, but keep the |
2636 colors. And add colors, so that Green+Red becomes Yellow. | |
2637 E.g. for this html: | |
2638 <B> bold text <I> italic+bold text </B> italic text </I> | |
2639 7 Wild idea: Not only set highlighting, but also change what is displayed | |
2640 (e.g., remove characters, so that "<B>bold</B>" can be shown as "bold"): | |
2641 :syn region boldstuff start="<B>" display="" end="</B>" display="" | |
2642 7 CTRL-] checks the highlight group for finding out what the tag is. | |
2643 7 Add an explanation how a list of words can be used to highlight misspelled | |
2644 words. | |
2645 8 Add more command line completion for :syntax. | |
2646 8 Add more command line completion for :highlight. | |
2647 7 Should find a better way to parse the :syntax and :highlight commands. | |
2648 Use tables or lists that can be shared by parsing for execution and | |
2649 completion? | |
2650 8 Add ColorSchemePost autocommand event, so that scripts can set up their | |
2651 highlighting. (Salman Halim) | |
2652 7 Add a few sets of colors (e.g. Borland Turbo C one). With a menu to | |
2653 select one of the sets. | |
2654 8 Add offsets to sub-matches: "\(a*\) *"he=e1-1 | |
2655 'e' is end of match 'e1' is end of sub-match 1, 's2' is start of submatch | |
2656 2, etc. | |
2657 8 In Insert mode, when there are typeahead characters, postpone the | |
2658 highlighting (for "." command). | |
2659 8 Syncing on comments isn't 100% correct when / / lines mix with / * and * /. | |
2660 For example: What about a line that starts with / / and contains * /? | |
2661 8 Ignore / * and * / inside strings, when syncing. | |
2662 7 Build a few more syntax files from the file "/usr/share/misc/vgrindefs": | |
2663 ISP, LDL, Icon, ratfor. And check "nedit/source/highlight.c". | |
2664 6 Add possibility to have background color continue until the right edge of | |
2665 the window. Useful for comment blocks and function headings. (Rogall) | |
2666 - Make it possible to add "contains" items for all items in a group. Useful | |
2667 when extending an already existing syntax file. | |
2668 - Add line-continuation pattern for non-syncing items too? | |
2669 - Add possibility to highlight the whole line, including the right margin | |
2670 (for comment blocks). | |
2671 - Add 'hlmatch' option: List of flags: | |
2672 'c': highlight match for character under the cursor. | |
2673 'b': highlight the previous (, and its match. | |
2674 'a': highlight all text from the previous ( until its match. | |
2675 Also for {}, <>, etc.? | |
2676 'e': highlight all braces without a match (slow?) | |
2677 OR: add an argument "cursor" to the syntax command, which means that the | |
2678 region/match/keyword is only highlighted when the cursor is on it. | |
2679 (Campbell) | |
2680 Or do it like Elvis: define text objects and how to highlight them around | |
2681 the cursor. (Iain Truskett) | |
2682 7 Make it possible to use all words in the tags files as Keyword. | |
2683 Can also be done with a script (but it's slow). | |
2684 7 Make it possible to call a ":" command when a match is found. Should | |
2685 allow for adding keywords from the text (e.g. variables that are set). | |
2686 And allows for sections with different highlighting. | |
2687 7 Add highlight group for commandline: "Commandline". Make sure it | |
2688 highlights the command line while typing a command, and any output from | |
2689 messages. And external commands? | |
2690 8 Make a version that works like less, but with highlighting: read stdin for | |
2691 text, exit at end of file, don't allow editing, etc. moreim? lessim? | |
2692 7 SpecialKey highlighting overrules syntax highlighting. Can't give an | |
2693 unprintable char another color. Would be useful for ^M at end of line. | |
2694 | |
2695 | |
2696 Built-in script language: | |
1624 | 2697 8 Make the filename and line number available to script functions, so that |
2698 they can give useful debugging info. The whole call stack would be ideal. | |
713 | 2699 7 Execute a function with standard option values. No need to save and |
2700 restore option values. Especially useful for new options. Problem: how | |
2701 to avoid a performance penalty (esp. for string options)? | |
7 | 2702 8 Add referring to key options with "&t_xx". Both for "echo &t_xx" and |
2703 ":let &t_xx =". Useful for making portable mappings. | |
1125 | 2704 - Add ":let var ?= value", conditional assignment. Patch by Dave Eggum, |
2705 2006 Dec 11. | |
2706 - range for ":exec", pass it on to the executed command. (Webb) | |
720 | 2707 7 ":include" command: just like ":source" but doesn't start a new scriptID? |
2708 Will be tricky for the list of script names. | |
7 | 2709 8 Have a look at VSEL. Would it be useful to include? (Bigham) |
2710 8 Add ":fungroup" command, to group function definitions together. When | |
2711 encountered, all functions in the group are removed. Suggest using an | |
2712 obscure name to avoid name clashes. Require a ":fungroup END" in the same | |
2713 sourced file? Assume the group ends at the end of the file. Handle | |
2714 nested packages? | |
2715 Alternative: Support packages. {package-name}:{function-name}(). | |
2716 Packages are loaded automatically when first used, from | |
2717 $VIMRUNTIME/packages (or use a search path). | |
2718 7 Pre-parse or compile Vim scripts into a bytecode. | |
2719 1. Put the bytecode with the original script, with an ":if | |
2720 has('bytecode')" around it, so that it's only used with a Vim that | |
2721 supports it. Update the code with a command, can be used in an | |
2722 autocommand. | |
2723 2. Use a ".vic" file (like Python use .pyc). Create it when writing a | |
2724 .vim file. Problem: distribution. | |
2725 3. Use a cache directory for each user. How to recognize which cached | |
2726 file belongs to a sourced script? | |
2727 7 Add argument to winwidth() to subtract the space taken by 'foldcolumn', | |
2728 signs and/or 'number'. | |
1125 | 2729 6 Add ++ and -- operators? They only work on variables (lvals), how to |
2730 implement this? | |
7 | 2731 8 Add functions: |
1125 | 2732 has(":command") Check if ":command" works. compare function |
2733 with "ex_ni". E.g. for ":simalt". | |
2734 system() With a List argument. Bypasses the shell, use | |
2735 exec() directly. (Bob Hiestand) | |
2736 escape() Add argument to specify what to escape with. | |
2737 modestack() Instead of just the current mode return the | |
2738 stack of Insert / CTRL-O / :normal things. | |
20 | 2739 realname() Get user name (first, last, full) |
2740 user_fullname() patch by Nikolai Weibull, Nov | |
2741 3 2002 | |
2742 Only add this when also implemented for | |
2743 non-Unix systems, otherwise a shell cmd could | |
2744 be used. | |
2745 get_user_name() gets login name. | |
18 | 2746 menuprop({name}, {idx}, {what}) |
2747 Get menu property of menu {name} item {idx}. | |
2748 menuprop("", 1, "name") returns "File". | |
2749 menuprop("File", 1, "n") returns "nmenu | |
2750 File.Open..." argument. | |
2751 Patch by Ilya Sher, 2004 Apr 22 | |
2752 Return a list of menus and/or a dictionary | |
2753 with properties instead. | |
2754 mapname({idx}, mode) return the name of the idx'th mapping. | |
2755 Patch by Ilya Sher, 2004 Mar 4. | |
2756 Return a list instead. | |
170 | 2757 char2hex() convert char string to hex string. |
7 | 2758 attributes() return file protection flags "drwxrwxrwx" |
170 | 2759 filecopy(from, to) Copy a file |
2760 shorten(fname) shorten a file name, like home_replace() | |
7 | 2761 perl(cmd) call Perl and return string |
2762 inputrl() like input() but right-to-left | |
1624 | 2763 typed() return the characters typed and consumed (to |
2764 find out what happened) | |
7 | 2765 virtualmode() add argument to obtain whether "$" was used in |
2766 Visual block mode. | |
2767 getacp() Win32: get codepage (Glenn Maynard) | |
2768 deletebufline() delete line in any buffer | |
2769 appendbufline() append line in any buffer | |
2770 libcall() Allow more than one argument. | |
2771 libcallext() Like libcall(), but using a callback function | |
2772 to allow the library to execute a command or | |
2773 evaluate an expression. | |
2774 7 Make bufname("'0") return the buffer name from mark '0. How to get the | |
2775 column and line number? col("'0") currently returns zero. | |
2776 8 argc() returns 0 when using "vim -t tag". How to detect that no file was | |
2777 specified in any way? To be able to jump to the last edited file. | |
1125 | 2778 8 Pass the command line arguments to Vim scripts in some way. As v:args |
2779 List? Or extra parameter to argv()? | |
7 | 2780 8 Add command arguments with three dashes, passed on to Vim scripts. |
2781 7 Add optional arguments to user functions: | |
2782 :func myFunc(arg1, arg2, arg3 = "blah", arg4 = 17) | |
2783 6 User functions: Functions local to buffer "b:func()"? | |
694 | 2784 8 For Strings add ":let var[{expr}] = {expr}". When past the end of "var" |
2785 just ignore. | |
7 | 2786 8 The "= register should be writable, if followed by the name of a variable, |
2787 option or environment variable. | |
2788 8 ":let &option" should list the value of the option. | |
1125 | 2789 8 ":let Func().foo = value" should work, also when "foo" doesn't exist. |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2790 Also: ":let Func()[foo] = value" should work. Same for a List. |
694 | 2791 7 Add synIDlist(), making the whole list of syntax items on the syntax stack |
2792 available as a List. | |
7 | 2793 8 Add autocommand-event for when a variable is changed: |
2794 :au VarChanged {varname} {commands} | |
2795 8 Add "has("gui_capable")", to check if the GUI can be started. | |
2796 8 Add possibility to use variables like registers: characterwise (default), | |
2797 linewise (when ending in '\n'), blockwise (when ending in '\001'). reg0, | |
2798 rega, reg%, etc. Add functions linewise({expr}), blockwise({expr}) and | |
2799 charwise({expr}). | |
2800 7 Make it possible to do any command on a string variable (make a buffer | |
2801 with one line, containing the string). Maybe add an (invisible) scratch | |
2802 buffer for this? | |
2803 result = scratch(string, command) | |
2804 result = apply(string, command) | |
2805 result = execute(string, command) | |
2806 "command" would use <> notation. | |
2807 Does scratch buffer have a number? Or re-use same number? | |
2808 7 Add function to generate unique number (date in milliseconds). | |
2809 7 Automatically load a function from a file when it is called. Need an | |
2810 option for the search path. (Sekera) | |
2811 | |
2812 | |
2813 Robustness: | |
11 | 2814 6 Add file locking. Lock a file when starting to edit it with flock() or |
2815 fcntl(). This patch has advisory file locking while reading/writing | |
2816 the file for Vim 5.4: ~/vim/patches/kahn_file_locking . | |
2817 The patch is incomplete (needs support for more systems, autoconf). | |
2818 Andy doesn't have time to work on it. | |
2819 Disadvantage: Need to find ways to gracefully handle failure to obtain a | |
2820 lock. When to release a lock: When buffer is unloaded? | |
7 | 2821 |
2822 | |
2823 Performance: | |
1668 | 2824 7 For string variables up to 3 bytes don't allocate memory, use v_list |
2825 itself as a character array. Use VAR_SSTRING (short string). | |
2826 8 move_lines() copies every line into allocated memory, making reloading a | |
2827 buffer a lot slower than re-editing the file. Can the memline be locked | |
2828 so that we don't need to make a copy? Or avoid invoking ml_updatechunk(), | |
2829 that is taking a lot of time. (Ralf Wildenhues, 2008 Jul 7) | |
1125 | 2830 8 Instead of loading rgb.txt every time a color wasn't recognized load it |
2831 once and keep it in memory. Move the code to a common place to avoid | |
2832 repeating it in various system files. | |
7 | 2833 8 Turn b_syn_ic and b_syn_containedin into b_syn_flags. |
2834 9 Loading menu.vim still takes quite a bit of time. How to make it faster? | |
2835 8 in_id_list() takes much time for syntax highlighting. Cache the result? | |
2836 7 setpcmark() shifts the jumplist, this takes quite a bit of time when | |
2837 jumping around. Instead use an index for the start? | |
2838 8 When displaying a space with only foreground highlighting, it's the same | |
2839 as a space without attributes. Avoid displaying spaces for the "~" lines | |
2840 when starting up in a color terminal. | |
2841 8 Avoid alloc() for scratch buffer use, esp. in syntax.c. It's very slow on | |
2842 Win16. | |
2843 8 Profiling shows that in_id_list() is used very often for C code. Can this | |
2844 function be improved? | |
2845 8 For an existing file, the page size of the swap file is always the | |
2846 default, instead of using the block size of the device, because the swap | |
2847 file is created only after setting the block size in mf_open(). How can | |
2848 this be improved? | |
2849 8 Set default for 'ttyscroll' to half a screen height? Should speed up | |
2850 MS-DOS version. (Negri) | |
36 | 2851 7 C syntax highlighting gets a lot slower after ":set foldmethod=syntax". |
2852 (Charles Campbell) Inserting a "{" is very slow. (dman) | |
7 | 2853 7 HTML syntax highlighting is slow for long lines. Try displaying |
2854 http://www.theregister.co.uk/content/4/22908.html. (Andre Pang) | |
2855 7 Check how performance of loading the wordlist can be improved (adding a | |
2856 lot of abbreviations). | |
2857 7 DOS console: Add t_DL support, to make scrolling faster. | |
2858 7 Compile Ex commands to byte codes. Store byte codes in a vim script file | |
2859 at the end, after "compiled:. Make it look like a single comment line | |
2860 for old Vim versions. Insert first line "Vim script compiled <timestamp>. | |
2861 Only used compiled code when timestamp matches the file stat. | |
2862 Add command to compile a vim script and add it to the file in-place. | |
2863 Split Ex command executing into a parsing and executing phase. | |
2864 Use compiled code for functions, while loops, etc. | |
2865 8 When editing a file with extremely long lines (e.g., an executable), the | |
2866 "linerest" in readfile() is allocated twice to be able to copy what was | |
2867 read so far. Use realloc() instead? Or split the line when allocating | |
2868 memory fails and "linerest" is big (> 100000)? | |
2869 8 When defining autocommands (e.g., from $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim), need to | |
2870 compare each pattern with all existing patterns. Use a hash code to avoid | |
2871 using strcmp() too often? | |
2872 7 Include turbo_loader patches, speeding up reading a file? | |
2873 Speed up reading a file by reading it into a fixed-size buffer, creating | |
2874 the list of indexes in another buffer, and then copying the result into a | |
2875 memfile block with two copies. Then read the next block into another | |
2876 fixed-size buffer, create the second list of indexes and copy text from | |
2877 the two blocks to the memfile block. | |
2878 7 do_cmdline(): Avoid that the command line is copied to allocated memory | |
2879 and freed again later all the time. For while loops, and for when called | |
2880 with an argument that can be messed with. | |
2881 Generic solution: Make a struct that contains a pointer and a flag that | |
2882 indicates if the pointer should be freed when replaced. | |
2883 7 Check that the file size is not more than "sizeof(long)". | |
2884 - Further improve finding mappings in maphash[] in vgetorpeek() | |
2885 8 Syntax highlighting is slow when deleting lines. Try in | |
2886 $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim. | |
2887 - "out of memory" after deleting (1,$d) and changing (:%s/^/> /) a lot of | |
2888 lines (27000) a few times. Memory fragmentation? | |
2889 - Have a look at how pdksh does memory allocation (alloc.c). (Dalecki) | |
2890 - Do profiling on: | |
2891 - :g/pat/normal cmd | |
2892 - 1000ii<Esc> | |
2893 - deleting 10Mbyte worth of lines (netscape binary) | |
2894 - "[i" and "[d" (Yegappan Lakshmanan) | |
2895 - ":g/^/m0" on a 450Kbyte file. And the "u". | |
2896 - highlighting "~/vim/test/longline.tex", "~/vim/test/scwoop.tcl" and | |
2897 "~/vim/test/lockup.pl". | |
2898 - loading a syntax file to highlight all words not from a dictionary. | |
587 | 2899 - editing a Vim script with syntax highlighting on (loading vim.vim). |
7 | 2900 7 Screen updating can be further improved by only redrawing lines that were |
2901 changed (and lines after them, when syntax highlighting was used, and it | |
2902 changed). | |
2903 - On each change, remember start and end of the change. | |
2904 - When inserting/deleting lines, remember begin, end, and line count. | |
2905 - Use macros/duarte/capicua for profiling. Nvi 1.71 is the fastest! | |
2906 - When using a file with one long line (1Mbyte), then do "$hhhh", is still | |
2907 very slow. Avoid calling getvcol() for each "h"? | |
2908 - Executing a register, e.g. "10000@@" is slow, because ins_typebuf has to | |
2909 move the previous commands forward each time. Pass count from | |
2910 normal_cmd() down to do_execreg(). | |
2911 - Repeating insert "1000i-<Esc>" displays --INSERT-- all the time, because of | |
2912 the <Esc> at the end. Make this work faster (disable redrawing). | |
2913 - Avoid calls to plines() for cursor line, use w_cline_height. | |
2914 - After ":set nowrap" remove superfluous redraw with wrong hor. offset if | |
2915 cursor is right of the screen. | |
2916 8 Make CTRL-C on Unix generate a signal, avoid using select() to check for a | |
2917 CTRL-C (it's slow). | |
2918 | |
2919 | |
2920 Code size: | |
2921 8 GUI: When NO_CONSOLE is defined, more code can be excluded. | |
2922 - Put getline() and cookie in a struct, so only one argument has to be | |
2923 passed to do_cmdline() and other functions. | |
2924 8 Make a GUI-only version for Unix? | |
2925 8 In buf_write _() isn't needed when setting errmsg, do it once when using | |
2926 it. | |
2927 7 When compiling with a GUI-only version, the code for cterm colors can be | |
2928 left out. | |
2929 8 When compiled with a GUI-only version, the termcap entries for terminals | |
2930 can be removed. | |
2931 8 Can the check for libelf in configure.in be removed? | |
2932 | |
2933 | |
2934 Messages: | |
2935 8 When using ":q" in a changed file, the error says to "add !". Add the | |
2936 command so that beginners understand it: "use :q!". | |
2937 8 For 'verbose' level 12 prints commands from source'ed files. How to skip | |
2938 lines that aren't executed? Perhaps move the echoing to do_cmdline()? | |
2939 8 Use 'report' for ":bdel"? (Krishna) To avoid these messages when using a | |
2940 script. | |
2941 - Delete message after new command has been entered and have waited for key. | |
2942 Perhaps after ten seconds? | |
2943 - Make message history available in "msg" variables: msg1, msg2, .. msg9. | |
1125 | 2944 8 When reading from stdin allow suppressing the "reading from stdin" |
2945 message. | |
7 | 2946 9 Check handling of overwriting of messages and delays: |
2947 Very wrong: errors while redrawing cause endless loop. | |
2948 When switching to another file and screen scrolls because of the long | |
2949 message and return must be typed, don't scroll the screen back before | |
2950 redrawing. | |
2951 8 When address range is wrong you only get "Invalid range". Be a bit more | |
2952 specific: Negative, beyond last line, reverse range? Include the text. | |
2953 8 Make it possible to ignore errors for a moment ('errorignore'?). Another | |
2954 option to switch off giving error messages ('errorquiet'?). Also an option | |
2955 not to give any messages ('quiet')? Or ":quiet on", ":quiet off". | |
2956 Careful: For a severe error (out of memory), and when the user starts | |
2957 typing, error messages must be switched back on. | |
2958 Also a flag to ignore error messages for shell commands (for mappings). | |
237 | 2959 - Option to set time for emsg() sleep. Interrupt sleep when key is typed? |
587 | 2960 Sleep before second message? |
7 | 2961 8 In Ex silent mode or when reading commands from a file, what exactly is |
2962 not printed and what is? Check ":print", ":set all", ":args", ":vers", | |
2963 etc. At least there should be no prompt. (Smulders) And don't clear the | |
2964 screen when reading commands from stdin. (Kendall) | |
2965 --> Make a difference between informative messages, prompts, etc. and | |
2966 error messages, printing text, etc. | |
2967 8 Window should be redrawn when resizing at the hit-enter prompt. | |
2968 Also at the ":tselect" prompt. Find a generic solution for redrawing when | |
2969 a prompt is present (with a callback function?). | |
2970 | |
2971 | |
2972 Screen updating: | |
2973 7 Add a string to the 'display' option to make CTRL-E and CTRL-Y scroll one | |
2974 screen line, also if this means the first line doesn't start with the | |
2975 first character (like what happens with a single line that doesn't fit). | |
2976 - screen_line(): | |
2977 - insert/delete character stuff. | |
2978 - improve delete rest of line (spaces at end of line). | |
2979 - When moving or resizing window, try to avoid a complete redraw (esp. when | |
2980 dragging the status line with the mouse). | |
2981 - When 'lazyredraw' set, don't echo :ex commands? Need a flag to redraw when | |
2982 waiting for a character. | |
2983 8 Add a ":refresh [winnr]" command, to force updating a window. Useful from | |
2984 an event handler where ":normal" can't be used. Also useful when | |
2985 'lazyredraw' is set in a mapping. | |
2986 7 Make 'list' and 'linebreak' work together. | |
2987 | |
2988 | |
2989 Scrolling: | |
2990 8 Add "zm" command: scroll horizontally to put the cursor in the middle. | |
2991 6 Add option to set the overlap for CTRL-F and CTRL-B. (Garhi) | |
2992 - extend 'scrollbind' option: 'scrollopt' words "search", "relative", etc.. | |
2993 Also 'e'xecute some commands (search, vertical movements) in all bound | |
2994 windows. | |
2995 7 Add 'scrollbind' feature to make the offset of one window with the next | |
2996 one equal to the window height. When editing one file in both windows it | |
2997 looks like each window displays a page of the buffer. | |
2998 - Allow scrolling by dragging with the mouse (grab a character and move it | |
2999 up/down). Like the "hand" in Acrobat reader. Use Alt-LeftMouse for this? | |
3000 (Goldfarb) | |
3001 - Add command to execute some commands (search, vertical movements) in all | |
3002 bound windows. | |
3003 - Add 'search' option to 'scrollopt' to allow 'scrollbind' windows to | |
3004 be bound by regexp searches | |
9 | 3005 - Add "z>" and "z<": scroll sideways one screenful. (Campbell) |
7 | 3006 - Add option to set the number of lines when not to scroll, instead of the |
3007 fixed number used now (for terminals that scroll slow with a large number | |
3008 of lines but not with a single line). | |
3009 | |
3010 | |
3011 Autoconf: | |
3012 8 Should use acconfig.h to define prototypes that are used by autoheader. | |
3013 8 Some compilers don't give an error for "-OPT:Olimit" but a warning. (Webb) | |
3014 Add a check for the warning, so that "Olimit" can be added automatically? | |
3015 - Autoconf: Use @datadir@ for the system independent files. Make sure the | |
3016 system dependent and system independent files are separated. (Leitner). | |
3017 - Add autoconf check for waitpid()/wait4(). | |
3018 - Remove fcntl() from autoconf, all systems have it? | |
3019 - Set default for 'dictionary', add search for dictionary to autoconf. | |
3020 | |
3021 | |
3022 Perl interface: | |
3023 8 Rename typemap file to something else? | |
3024 7 Make buffers accessed as Perl arrays. (Clark) | |
3025 7 Make it possible to compile with non-ANSI C? | |
3026 6 Tcl/Tk has the "load" command: load a shared library (.so or .dll). | |
3027 | |
3028 | |
3029 Shared libraries: | |
3030 6 Add support for loading shared libraries, and calling functions in it. | |
3031 :libload internal-name libname | |
3032 :libunload internal-name | |
3033 :liblist | |
3034 :libcall internal-name function(arg1, arg2, ...) | |
3035 :libcall function(arg1, arg2, ...) | |
3036 libcall() can have only one integer or String argument at the moment. | |
3037 6 Have a look on how Perl handles loading dynamic libraries. | |
3038 | |
3039 | |
3040 Tags: | |
824 | 3041 9 With ":set tags=./tags,../tags" and a tag appears in both tags files it is |
3042 added twice. Requires figuring out the actual file name for each found | |
3043 match. Remove tag_fname from the match and combine it with the fname in | |
3044 the match (without expanding or other things that take time). When | |
3045 'tagrelative' is off tag_fname isn't needed at all. | |
1668 | 3046 8 For 'tags' wildcard in the file name is not supported, only in the path. |
3047 This is due to it using |file-searching|. Suboptimal solution would be to | |
3048 make the filename or the whole option use |wildcards| globing, better | |
3049 would be to merge the 2 kinds of globing. originall (Erik Falor, 2008 | |
3050 April 18), updated (Ian Kelling, 2008 July 4) | |
857 | 3051 8 Use a mechanism similar to omni completion to figure out the kind of tab |
3052 for CTRL-] and jump to the appropriate matching tag (if there are | |
3053 several). | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3054 Alternative: be able to define a function that takes the tag name and uses |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3055 taglist() to find the right location. With indication of using CTRL-] so |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3056 that the context can be taken into account. (Robert Webb) |
667 | 3057 7 Can CTRL-] (jump to tag) include a following "." and "->" to restrict the |
3058 number of possible matches? Check tags file for an item that has members. | |
3059 (Flemming Madsen) | |
7 | 3060 8 Scope arguments for ":tag", e.g.: ":tag class:cPage open", like Elvis. |
3061 8 When output of ":tselect" is long, getting the more-prompt, should be able | |
3062 to type the tag number directly. | |
3063 7 Add the possibility to use the "-t {tag}" argument multiple times. Open a | |
3064 window for each tag. | |
3065 7 Make output of ":tselect" a bit nicer. Use highlighting? | |
3066 7 Highlight the "tag 1 of >2" message. New highlight group, or same as "hit | |
3067 bottom" search message. | |
3068 7 When using ":tag" at the top of the tag stack, should add another entry, | |
3069 so CTRL-T can bring you back to where you are now AND to where you were | |
3070 before the previous ":tag" command. (Webb) | |
150 | 3071 - When doing "[^I" or "[^D" add position to tag stack. |
3072 - Add command to put current position to tag stack: ":tpush". | |
1125 | 3073 - Add functions to save and restore the tag stack? Or a command to switch |
3074 to another tag stack? So that you can do something else and come back to | |
3075 what you were working on. | |
7 | 3076 7 When using CTRL-] on someClass::someMethod, separate class from method and |
3077 use ":ta class:someClass someMethod". | |
3078 Include C++ tags changes (Bertin). Change "class::func" tag into "func" | |
3079 with "class=class"? Docs in oldmail/bertin/in.xxx. | |
3080 7 Add ":tagargs", to set values for fields: | |
3081 :tagargs class:someclass file:version.c | |
3082 :tagargs clear | |
3083 These are then the default values (changes the order of priority in tag | |
3084 matching). | |
3085 7 Support for "gtags" and "global"? With ":rtag" command? | |
3086 There is an example for how to do this in Nvi. | |
3087 Or do it like Elvis: 'tagprg' and 'tagprgonce' options. (Yamaguchi) | |
3088 The Elvis method is far more flexible, do it that way. | |
3089 7 Support "col:99" extra field, to position the cursor in that column. With | |
3090 a flag in 'cpoptions' to switch it off again. | |
3091 7 Better support for jumping to where a function or variable is used. Use | |
3092 the id-utils, with a connection to "gid" (Emacs can do it too). Add | |
3093 ":idselect", which uses an "ID" database (made by "mkid") like "tselect". | |
3094 | |
3095 | |
3096 Win32 GUI: | |
3097 8 Make debug mode work while starting up (vim -D). Open console window for | |
3098 the message and input? | |
3099 7 The Python interface only works with one version of Python, selected at | |
3100 compile time. Can this be made to work with version 2.1 and 2.2 | |
3101 dynamically? | |
3102 7 GvimExt: when there are several existing Vims, move the list to a submenu. | |
3103 (Mike McCollister) | |
3104 8 When using "Edit with Vim" for one file it changes directory, when several | |
3105 files are selected and using "Edit with single Vim" the directory isn't | |
3106 changed. At least change directory when the path is the same for all | |
3107 files. Perhaps just use the path of the first file or use the longest | |
3108 common part of the path. | |
3109 8 Add font argument to set the lfCharSet. (Bobcik) | |
3110 8 Somehow automatically detect the system language and set $LANG, so that | |
3111 gettext and menus work. | |
3112 8 Could keep console open to run multiple commands, to avoid the need to hit | |
3113 return in every console. | |
3114 Also: Look at how Emacs does runs external commands: | |
3115 http://www.cs.washington.edu/homes/voelker/ntemacs.html. | |
3116 8 Need a separate PopUp menu for modeless selection. Need two new commands: | |
3117 Copy selection to clipboard, Paste selection (as typed text). | |
3118 8 Support copy/paste for other file formats. At least HTML, perhaps RTF. | |
3119 Add "copy special" and "paste special" commands? | |
3120 7 Use different default colors, to match the current Windows color scheme. | |
3121 Sys_WindowText, Sys_Window, etc. (Lionel Schaffhauser) | |
3122 7 Use <C-Tab> to cycle through open windows (e.g., the find dialog). | |
3123 7 <Esc> should close a dialog. | |
3124 7 Keep the console for external commands open. Don't wait for a key to be | |
3125 hit. Re-open it when the user has closed it anyway. Or use a prepended | |
3126 command: ":nowait {cmd}", or ":quiet", which executes {cmd} without any | |
3127 prompts. | |
3128 7 Should be able to set an option so that when you double click a file that | |
3129 is associated with Vim, you can either get a new instance of Vim, or have | |
3130 the file added into an already running Vim. | |
3131 7 The "-P" argument only works for the current codepage. Use wide | |
3132 functions to find the window title. | |
3133 | |
3134 | |
3135 GUI: | |
3136 8 Make inputdialog() work for Photon, Amiga, RiscOS. | |
3137 - <C--> cannot be mapped. Should be possible to recognize this as a | |
3138 normal "-" with the Ctrl modifier. | |
3139 7 Implement ":popup" for other systems than Windows. | |
3140 8 Implement ":tearoff" for other systems than Win32 GUI. | |
3141 6 Implement ":untearoff": hide a torn-off menu. | |
3142 8 When using the scrollbar to scroll, don't move the cursor position. When | |
3143 moving the cursor: scroll to the cursor position. | |
3144 9 Make <S-Insert> paste from the clipboard by default. (Kunze) | |
3145 7 Menu local to a buffer, like mappings. Or local to a filetype? | |
3146 8 In Buffers menu, add a choice whether selecting a buffer opens it in the | |
3147 current window, splits the window or uses ":hide". | |
3148 8 Dragging the mouse pointer outside of a Vim Window should make the text | |
3149 scroll. Return a value from gui_send_mouse_event() to the machine | |
3150 specific code to indicate the time in which the event should be repeated. | |
3151 8 Make it possible to ignore a mouse click when it's used to give Vim (gvim) | |
3152 window focus. Also when a mouse click is used to bring a window to front. | |
3153 8 Make the split into system independent code and system specific code more | |
3154 explicit. There are too many #ifdefs in gui.c. | |
3155 If possible, separate the Vim code completely from the GUI code, to allow | |
3156 running them in separate processes. | |
3157 7 X11: Support cursorColor resource and "-cr" argument. | |
3158 8 X11 (and others): CTRL-; is not different from ';'. Set the modifier mask | |
3159 to include CTRL for keys where CTRL produces the same ASCII code. | |
471 | 3160 7 Add some code to handle proportional fonts on more systems? Need to draw |
3161 each character separately (like xterm). Also for when a double-width font | |
3162 is not exactly double-width. (Maeda) | |
7 | 3163 8 Should take font from xterm where gvim was started (if no other default). |
3164 8 Selecting font names in X11 is difficult, make a script or something to | |
70 | 3165 select one. |
7 | 3166 8 Visual highlighting should keep the same font (bold, italic, etc.). |
3167 8 Add flag to 'guioptions' to not put anything in the clipboard at all? | |
3168 8 Should support a way to use keys that we don't recognize yet. Add a | |
3169 command that adds entries to special_keys somehow. How do we make this | |
3170 portable (X11, Win32, ..)? | |
3171 7 Add a flag to 'guioptions' that tells not to remove inactive menu items. | |
3172 For systems where greying-out or removing menu items is very slow. The | |
3173 menu items would remain visibly normally, but not do anything. | |
3174 7 Add ":minimize" and ":maximize", which iconize the window and back. | |
3175 Useful when using gvim to run a script (e.g. 2html.vim). | |
3176 7 X11: Is it possible to free allocated colors, so that other programs can | |
3177 use them again? Otherwise, allow disabling allocating the default colors. | |
3178 Or allocate an own colormap (check UAE). With an option to use it. For | |
3179 the commandline, "-install" is mostly used for X11 programs. | |
3180 7 Add command line argument for "gvim" not to start the GUI. Sort of the | |
3181 inverse of "vim -g". (Vikas) | |
3182 7 Should support multi-column menus. | |
3183 - Should add option for where to put the "Help" menu: like Motif at the far | |
3184 right, or with the other menus (but still at the right). | |
3185 - Add menu item to "Keep Insert mode". | |
3186 8 ":mkgvimrc" command, that includes menus. | |
3187 6 Big change: Move GUI to separate program "vimgui", to make startup of vim a | |
3188 lot faster, but still be able to do "vim -g" or ":gui". | |
3189 7 More explicit mouse button binding instead of 'mousemodel'? | |
3190 7 Add option to set the position of the window on the screen. 'windowpos', | |
3191 which has a value of "123,456": <x>,<y>. | |
3192 Or add a command, like ":winsize"? | |
3193 7 Add toolbar for more GUIs. | |
3194 8 Make it possible to use "amenu icon=BuiltIn##", so that the toolbar item | |
3195 name can be chosen free. | |
3196 7 Make it possible to put the toolbar on top, left, right and/or bottom of | |
3197 the window? Allows for softkey-like use. | |
3198 6 Separate the part of Vim that does the editing from the part that runs the | |
3199 GUI. Communicate through a pseudo-tty. Vim starts up, creates a | |
3200 pty that is connected to the terminal. When the GUI starts, the pty is | |
3201 reconnected to the GUI process. When the GUI stops, it is connected to | |
3202 the terminal again. Also use the pty for external processes, it looks | |
3203 like a vt100 terminal to them. Vim uses extra commands to communicate GUI | |
3204 things. | |
3205 7 Motif: For a confirm() dialog <Enter> should be ignored when no default | |
3206 button selected, <Esc> should close the dialog. | |
3207 7 When using a pseudo-tty Vim should behave like some terminal (vt52 looks | |
237 | 3208 simple enough). Terminal codes to/from shell should be translated. |
7 | 3209 - Would it be useful to be able to quit the GUI and go back to the terminal |
3210 where it was started from? | |
3211 7 Support "-visual <type>" command line argument. | |
3212 | |
3213 | |
3214 Autocommands: | |
713 | 3215 - Put autocommand event names in a hashtable for faster lookup? |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3216 8 When the SwapExists event is triggered, provide information about the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3217 swap file, e.g., whether the process is running, file was modified, etc. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3218 Must be possible to check the situation that it's probably OK to delete |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3219 the swap file. (Marc Merlin) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3220 8 When all the patterns for an event are "*" there is no need to expand |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3221 buffer names to a full path. This can be slow for NFS. |
40 | 3222 7 For autocommand events that trigger multiple times per buffer (e.g., |
3223 CursorHold), go through the list once and cache the result for a specific | |
3224 buffer. Invalidate the cache when adding/deleting autocommands or | |
3225 changing the buffer name. | |
7 | 3226 8 Add ScriptReadCmd event: used to load remote Vim scripts, e.g. |
3227 "vim -u http://mach/path/vimrc". | |
271 | 3228 7 Add TagJump event: do something after jumping to a tag. |
662 | 3229 8 Add "TagJumpFile" autocommand: When jumping to another file for a tag. |
3230 Can be used to open "main.c.gz" when "main.c" isn't found. | |
7 | 3231 8 Use another option than 'updatetime' for the CursorHold event. The two |
3232 things are unrelated for the user (but the implementation is more | |
3233 difficult). | |
662 | 3234 8 Add an event like CursorHold that is triggered repeatedly, not just once |
3235 after typing something. | |
3236 7 Add autocommand event for when a buffer cannot be abandoned. So that the | |
3237 user can define the action taking (autowrite, dialog, fail) based on the | |
3238 kind of file. (Yakov Lerner) Or is BufLeave sufficient? | |
7 | 3239 8 Autocommand for when modified files have been found, when getting input |
3240 focus again (e.g., FileChangedFocus). | |
3241 Check when: getting focus, jumping to another buffer, ... | |
1125 | 3242 7 Autocommand for when an option is changed. Match buffer name or option |
3243 name? | |
662 | 3244 8 Autocommands should not change registers. And marks? And the jumplist? |
3245 And anything else? Add a command to save and restore these things. | |
7 | 3246 8 Add autocommands, user functions and user commands to ":mkvimrc". |
3247 6 Add KeymapChanged event, so that the effects of a different keymap can be | |
3248 handled (e.g., other font) (Ron Aaron) | |
662 | 3249 7 When trying to open a directory, trigger an OpenDirectory event. |
7 | 3250 7 Add file type in front of file pattern: <d> for directory, <l> for link, |
3251 <x> for executable, etc. <&xxx> for Risc OS. With commas to separate | |
3252 alternatives. The autocommand is only executed when both the file type | |
3253 AND the file pattern match. (Leonard) | |
3254 5 Add option that specifies extensions which are to be discarded from the | |
3255 file name. E.g. 'ausuffix', with ".gz,.orig". Such that file.c.gz will | |
3256 trigger the "*.c" autocommands. (Belabas) | |
3257 7 Add something to break the autocommands for the current event, and for | |
3258 what follows. Useful for a "BufWritePre" that wants to avoid writing the | |
3259 file. | |
3260 8 When editing "tt.gz", which is in DOS format, 'fileformat' stays at | |
3261 "unix", thus writing the file changes it. Somehow detect that the read | |
3262 command used dos fileformat. Same for 'fileencoding'. | |
3263 - Add events to autocommands: | |
3264 Error - When an error happens | |
3265 NormalEnter - Entering Normal mode | |
3266 ReplaceEnter - Entering Replace mode | |
838 | 3267 CmdEnter - Entering Cmdline mode (with type of cmdline to allow |
3268 different mapping) | |
7 | 3269 VisualEnter - Entering Visual mode |
11 | 3270 *Leave - Leaving a mode (in pair with the above *Enter) |
17 | 3271 VimLeaveCheck - Before Vim decides to exit, so that it can be cancelled |
3272 when exiting isn't a good idea. | |
1125 | 3273 CursorHoldC - CursorHold while command-line editing |
26 | 3274 WinMoved - when windows have been moved around, e.g, ":wincmd J" |
7 | 3275 CmdUndefined - Like FuncUndefined but for user commands. |
3276 SearchPost - After doing a search command (e.g. to do "M") | |
3277 PreDirChanged/PostDirChanged | |
3278 - Before/after ":cd" has been used (for changing the | |
3279 window title) | |
3280 BufReadAction - replaces reading a file | |
3281 BufWriteAction - replaces writing a file | |
3282 ShutDown - when the system is about to shut down | |
3283 InsertCharPre - user typed character Insert mode, before inserting the | |
3284 char. Pattern is matched with text before the cursor. | |
3285 Set v:char to the character, can be changed. | |
3286 (not triggered when 'paste' is set). | |
3287 InsertCharPost - user typed a character in Insert mode, after inserting | |
3288 the char. | |
3289 BufModified - When a buffer becomes modified, or unmodified (for | |
3290 putting a [+] in the window title or checking out the | |
3291 file from CVS). | |
3292 BufFirstChange - When making a change, when 'modified' is set. Can be | |
3293 used to do a :preserve for remote files. | |
3294 BufChange - after a change was made. Set some variables to indicate | |
3295 the position and number of inserted/deleted lines, so | |
3296 that marks can be updated. HierAssist has patch to add | |
3297 BufChangePre, BufChangePost and RevertBuf. (Shah) | |
1125 | 3298 ViewChanged - triggered when the text scrolls and when the window size |
3299 changes. | |
3300 WinResized - After a window has been resized | |
3301 WinClose - Just before closing a window | |
620 | 3302 - Write the file now and then ('autosave'): |
7 | 3303 *'autosave'* *'as'* *'noautosave'* *'noas'* |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3304 'autosave' 'as' number (default 0) |
7 | 3305 Automatically write the current buffer to file N seconds after the |
3306 last change has been made and when |'modified'| is still set. | |
3307 Default: 0 = do not autosave the buffer. | |
3308 Alternative: have 'autosave' use 'updatetime' and 'updatecount' but make | |
3309 them save the file itself besides the swapfile. | |
3310 | |
3311 | |
725 | 3312 Omni completion: |
1668 | 3313 - Add a flag to 'complete' to be able to do omni completion with CTRL-N (and |
3314 mix it with other kinds of completion). | |
725 | 3315 - Ideas from the Vim 7 BOF at SANE: |
3316 - For interpreted languages, use the interpreter to obtain information. | |
3317 Should work for Java (Eclipse does this), Python, Tcl, etc. | |
3318 Richard Emberson mentioned working on an interface to Java. | |
3319 - Check Readline for its completion interface. | |
3320 - Ideas from others: | |
3321 http://www.wholetomato.com/ | |
3322 http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=747 | |
3323 http://sourceforge.net/projects/insenvim | |
3324 or http://insenvim.sourceforge.net | |
3325 Java, XML, HTML, C++, JSP, SQL, C# | |
3326 MS-Windows only, lots of dependencies (e.g. Perl, Internet | |
3327 explorer), uses .dll shared libraries. | |
3328 For C++ uses $INCLUDE environment var. | |
3329 Uses Perl for C++. | |
3330 Uses ctags to find the info: | |
3331 ctags -f $allTagsFile --fields=+aiKmnsSz --language-force=C++ --C++-kinds=+cefgmnpsut-dlux -u $files | |
3332 www.vim.org script 1213 (Java Development Environment) (Fuchuan Wang) | |
3333 IComplete: http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1265 | |
3334 and http://stud4.tuwien.ac.at/~e0125672/icomplete/ | |
3335 http://cedet.sourceforge.net/intellisense.shtml (for Emacs) | |
3336 Ivan Villanueva has something for Java. | |
3337 Emads: http://www.xref-tech.com/xrefactory/more_c_completion.html | |
3338 Completion in .NET framework SharpDevelop: http://www.icsharpcode.net | |
3339 - Pre-expand abbreviations, show which abbrevs would match? | |
3340 | |
3341 | |
7 | 3342 Insert mode completion/expansion: |
713 | 3343 - GUI implementation of the popup menu. |
860 | 3344 7 When searching in other files the name flash by, too fast to read. Only |
3345 display a name every second or so, like with ":vimgrep". | |
1668 | 3346 7 When expanding file names with an environment variable, add the match with |
3347 the unexpanded var. So $HOME/tm expands to "/home/guy/tmp" and | |
3348 "$HOME/tmp" | |
7 | 3349 8 When there is no word before the cursor but something like "sys." complete |
3350 with "sys.". Works well for C and similar languages. | |
3351 9 ^X^L completion doesn't repeat correctly. It uses the first match with | |
3352 the last added line, instead of continuing where the last match ended. | |
3353 (Webb) | |
3354 8 Add option to set different behavior for Insert mode completion: | |
3355 - ignore/match case | |
3356 - different characters than 'iskeyword' | |
1125 | 3357 8 Add option 'isexpand', containing characters when doing expansion (so that |
3358 "." and "\" can be included, without changing 'iskeyword'). (Goldfarb) | |
3359 Also: 'istagword': characters used for CTRL-]. | |
3360 When 'isexpand' or 'istagword' are empty, use 'iskeyword'. | |
3361 Alternative: Use a pattern so that start and end of a keyword can be | |
3362 defined, only allow dash in the middle, etc. | |
7 | 3363 8 Add a command to undo the completion, go back to the original text. |
471 | 3364 7 Completion of an abbreviation: Can leave letters out, like what Instant |
3365 text does: www.textware.com | |
7 | 3366 8 Use the class information in the tags file to do context-sensitive |
3367 completion. After "foo." complete all member functions/variables of | |
3368 "foo". Need to search backwards for the class definition of foo. | |
3369 Should work for C++ and Java. | |
3370 Even more context would be nice: "import java.^N" -> "io", "lang", etc. | |
3371 7 When expanding $HOME/dir with ^X^F keep the $HOME (with an option?). | |
3372 7 Add CTRL-X command in Insert mode like CTRL-X CTRL-N, that completes WORDS | |
3373 instead of words. | |
3374 8 Add CTRL-X CTRL-R: complete words from register contents. | |
3375 8 Add completion of previously inserted texts (like what CTRL-A does). | |
3376 Requires remembering a number of insertions. | |
3377 8 Add 'f' flag to 'complete': Expand file names. | |
3378 Also apply 'complete' to whole line completion. | |
1624 | 3379 - Add a flag to 'complete' to only scan local header files, not system |
3380 header files. (Andri Moell) | |
7 | 3381 - Make it possible to search include files in several places. Use the |
3382 'path' option? Can this be done with the dictionary completion (use | |
3383 wildcards in the file name)? | |
3384 - Make CTRL-X CTRL-K do a binary search in the dictionary (if it's sorted). | |
3385 - Speed up CTRL-X CTRL-K dictionary searching (don't use a regexp?). | |
3386 - Set a mark at the position where the match was found (file mark, could | |
3387 be in another file). | |
3388 - Add CTRL-A command in CTRL-X mode: show all matches. | |
3389 - Make CTRL-X CTRL-L use the 'complete' option? | |
3390 - Add command in CTRL-X mode to add following words to the completed string | |
3391 (e.g. to complete "Pointer->element" with CTRL-X CTRL-P CTRL-W CTRL-W) | |
3392 - CTRL-X CTRL-F: Use 'path' to find completions. | |
3393 - CTRL-X CTRL-F: Option to use forward slashes on MS-Windows? | |
3394 - CTRL-X CTRL-F: Don't replace "$VIM" with the actual value. (Kelly) | |
3395 - Allow listing all matches in some way (and picking one from the list). | |
3396 | |
3397 | |
3398 Command line editing: | |
3399 7 Add commands (keys) to delete from the cursor to the end of the command | |
3400 line. | |
3401 8 Custom completion of user commands can't use the standard completion | |
3402 functions. Add a hook to invoke a user function that returns the type of | |
3403 completion to be done: "file", "tag", "custom", etc. | |
3404 - Add flags to 'whichwrap' for command line editing (cursor right at end of | |
3405 lines wraps to start of line). | |
3406 - Make editing the command line work like Insert mode in a single-line view | |
3407 on a buffer that contains the command line history. But this has many | |
3408 disadvantages, only implement it when these can be solved. Elvis has run | |
3409 into these, see remarks from Steve (~/Mail/oldmail/kirkendall/in.00012). | |
3410 - Going back in history and editing a line there would change the history. | |
3411 Would still need to keep a copy of the history elsewhere. Like the | |
3412 cmdwin does now already. | |
3413 - Use CTRL-O to execute one Normal mode command. How to switch to normal | |
3414 mode for more commands? <Esc> should cancel the command line. CTRL-T? | |
3415 - To allow "/" and "= need to recursively call getcmdline(), overwrite the | |
3416 cmdline. But then we are editing a command-line again. How to avoid | |
3417 that the user gets confused by the stack of command lines? | |
3418 - Use edit() for normal cmdline editing? Would have to integrate | |
3419 getcmdline() into edit(). Need to solve conflicts between Insert mode | |
3420 and Command-line mode commands. Make it work like Korn shell and tcsh. | |
3421 Problems: | |
3422 - Insert: completion with 'wildchar' | |
3423 - Insert: use cmdline abbreviations | |
3424 - Insert: CTRL-D deletes indent instead of listing matches | |
3425 - Normal: no CTRL-W commands | |
3426 - Normal: no ":" commands? | |
3427 - Normal: allow Visual mode only within one line. | |
3428 - where to show insert/normal mode message? Change highlighting of | |
3429 character in first column? | |
3430 - Implementation ideas: | |
3431 - Set "curwin" and "curbuf" to the command line window and buffer. | |
3432 - curwin->w_topline is always equal to curwin->w_cursor.lnum. | |
3433 - never set 'number', no folding, etc. No status line. | |
3434 - sync undo after entering a command line? | |
3435 - use NV_NOCL flag for commands that are not allowed in Command-line | |
3436 Mode. | |
3437 | |
3438 | |
3439 Command line completion: | |
1624 | 3440 8 Completing ":r ~br" should find matching user names. |
7 | 3441 8 Change expand_interactively into a flag that is passed as an argument. |
3442 8 With command line completion after '%' and '#', expand current/alternate | |
3443 file name, so it can be edited. Also with modifiers, such as "%:h". | |
3444 8 When completing command names, either sort them on the long name, or list | |
3445 them with the optional part inside []. | |
1624 | 3446 8 Add an option to ignore case when doing interactive completion. So that |
3447 ":e file<Tab>" also lists "Filelist" (sorted after matching case matches). | |
7 | 3448 7 Completion of ":map x ": fill in the current mapping, so that it can be |
3449 edited. (Sven Guckes) | |
3450 - For 'wildmenu': Simplify "../bar" when possible. | |
3451 - When using <Up> in wildmenu mode for a submenu, should go back to the | |
3452 current menu, not the first one. E.g., ":emenu File.Save<Up>". | |
3453 8 When using backtick expansion, the external command may write a greeting | |
3454 message. Add an option or commands to remove lines that match a regexp? | |
3455 7 When listing matches of files, display the common path separately from the | |
3456 file names, if this makes the listing shorter. (Webb) | |
3457 - Add command line completion for ":ilist" and friends, show matching | |
3458 identifiers (Webb). | |
3459 8 Add command line completion for "old value" of a command. ":args <key>" | |
3460 would result in the current list of arguments, which you can then edit. | |
3461 7 Add command line completion with CTRL-X, just like Insert mode completion. | |
3462 Useful for ":s/word/xx/". | |
3463 - Add command to go back to the text as it was before completion started. | |
3464 Also to be used for <Up> in the command line. | |
3465 - Add 'wildlongest' option: Key to use to find longest common match for | |
3466 command line completion (default CTRL-L), like 'wildchar'. (Cregut) | |
3467 Also: when there are several matches, show them line a CTRL-D. | |
3468 | |
3469 | |
3470 Command line history: | |
222 | 3471 9 Remember which command lines were actually typed and were not loaded from |
3472 viminfo. When writing viminfo append only these lines, so that lines from | |
3473 other Vim's are not overwritten. | |
7 | 3474 - Add "KeyWasTyped" flag: It's reset before each command and set when a |
3475 character from the keyboard is consumed. Value is used to decide to put a | |
3476 command line in history or not. Put line in history if it didn't | |
3477 completely resulted from one mapping. | |
3478 - When using ":browse", also put the resulting edit command in the history, | |
3479 so that it can be repeated. (Demirel) | |
3480 | |
3481 | |
3482 Insert mode: | |
10 | 3483 9 When 'autoindent' is set, hitting <CR> twice, while there is text after |
3484 the cursor, doesn't delete the autoindent in the resulting blank line. | |
3485 (Rich Wales) This is Vi compatible, but it looks like a bug. | |
7 | 3486 8 When using CTRL-O in Insert mode, then executing an insert command |
3487 "a" or "i", should we return to Insert mode after <Esc>? (Eggink) | |
3488 Perhaps it can be allowed a single time, to be able to do | |
3489 "<C-O>10axyz<Esc>". Nesting this further is confusing. | |
3490 ":map <F2> 5aabc<Esc>" works only once from Insert mode. | |
1624 | 3491 8 When using CTRL-G CTRL-O do like CTRL-\ CTRL-O, but when returning with |
3492 the cursor in the same position and the text didn't change continue the | |
3493 same change, so that "." repeats the whole insert. | |
7 | 3494 7 Use CTRL-G <count> to repeat what follows. Useful for inserting a |
3495 character multiple times or repeating CTRL-Y. | |
1668 | 3496 - Make 'revins' work in Replace mode. |
7 | 3497 7 Use 'matchpairs' for 'showmatch': When inserting a character check if it |
3498 appears in the rhs of 'matchpairs'. | |
3499 - In Insert mode (and command line editing?): Allow undo of the last typed | |
3500 character. This is useful for CTRL-U, CTRL-W, delete and backspace, and | |
3501 also for characters that wrap to the next line. | |
3502 Also: be able to undo CTRL-R (insert register). | |
3503 Possibly use 'backspace'="whole" for a mode where at least a <CR> that | |
3504 inserts autoindent is undone by a single <BS>. | |
3505 - Use CTRL-G in Insert mode for an extra range of commands, like "g" in | |
3506 Normal mode. | |
3507 - Make 'paste' work without resetting other options, but override their | |
3508 value. Avoids problems when changing files and modelines or autocommands | |
3509 are used. | |
3510 - When typing CTRL-V and a digit higher than 2, only expect two digits. | |
3511 - Insert binary numbers with CTRL-V b. | |
3512 - Make it possible to undo <BS>, <C-W> and <C-U>. Bash uses CTRL-Y. | |
3513 | |
3514 | |
3515 'cindent', 'smartindent': | |
1624 | 3516 9 ") :" confuses continuation line: (Colin Bennett, 2007 Dec 14) |
3517 cout << "a" | |
3518 << ") :" | |
3519 << "y"; | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3520 9 "} else" causes following lines to be indented too much. (Rouben |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3521 Rostamian, 2008 Aug 30) |
1125 | 3522 8 Lisp indenting: "\\" confuses the indenter. (Dorai Sitaram, 2006 May 17) |
1624 | 3523 8 Why are continuation lines outside of a {} block not indented? E.g.: |
3524 long_type foo = | |
3525 value; | |
7 | 3526 8 Java: Inside an anonymous class, after an "else" or "try" the indent is |
3527 too small. (Vincent Bergbauer) | |
832 | 3528 Problem of using {} inside (), 'cindent' doesn't work then. |
7 | 3529 8 In C++ it's possible to have {} inside (): (Kirshna) |
3530 func( | |
3531 new String[] { | |
3532 "asdf", | |
3533 "asdf" | |
3534 } | |
3535 ); | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3536 8 In C++ a function isn't recognized inside a namespace: |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3537 (Chow Loong Jin) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3538 namespace { |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3539 int |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3540 func(int arg) { |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3541 } |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3542 } |
1125 | 3543 6 Add 'cino' flag for this function argument layout: (Spencer Collyer) |
3544 func( arg1 | |
3545 , arg2 | |
3546 , arg3 | |
3547 ); | |
829 | 3548 7 Add separate "(0" option into inside/outside a function (Zellner): |
7 | 3549 func( |
3550 int x) // indent like "(4" | |
3551 { | |
3552 if (a | |
3553 && b) // indent like "(0" | |
3554 9 Using "{" in a comment: (Helmut Stiegler) | |
3555 if (a) | |
3556 { | |
3557 if (b) | |
3558 { | |
3559 // { | |
3560 } | |
3561 } <-- this is indented incorrect | |
829 | 3562 Problem is that find_start_brace() checks for the matching brace to be in |
3563 a comment, but not braces in between. Requires adding a comment check to | |
3564 findmatchlimit(). | |
237 | 3565 - Make smartindenting configurable. Add 'sioptions', e.g. '#' setting the |
7 | 3566 indent to 0 should be switched on/off. |
3567 7 Support ANSI style function header, with each argument on its own line. | |
3568 - "[p" and "]p" should use 'cindent' code if it's on (only for the first | |
3569 line). | |
3570 - Add option to 'cindent' to set indent for comments outside of {}? | |
3571 - Make a command to line up a comment after a code line with a previous | |
3572 comment after a code line. Can 'cindent' do this automatically? | |
3573 7 Add 'j' flag to 'formatoptions': Remove comment leader when joining lines. | |
3574 - When 'cindent'ing a '}', showmatch is done before fixing the indent. It | |
3575 looks better when the indent is fixed before the showmatch. (Webb) | |
3576 - Add option to make indenting work in comments too (for commented-out | |
3577 code), unless the line starts with "*". | |
3578 - Don't use 'cindent' when doing formatting with "gq"? | |
3579 - When formatting a comment after some text, insert the '*' for the new line | |
3580 (indent is correct if 'cindent' is set, but '*' doesn't get inserted). | |
3581 8 When 'comments' has both "s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/" and "s1:(*,mb:*,ex:*)", the | |
3582 'x' flag always uses the first match. Need to continue looking for more | |
3583 matches of "*" and remember all characters that could end the comment. | |
3584 - For smartindent: When typing 'else' line it up with matching 'if'. | |
3585 - 'smartindent': allow patterns in 'cinwords', for e.g. TeX files, where | |
3586 lines start with "\item". | |
3587 - Support this style of comments (with an option): (Brown) | |
3588 /* here is a comment that | |
3589 is just autoindented, and | |
3590 nothing else */ | |
3591 - Add words to 'cinwords' to reduce the indent, e.g., "end" or "fi". | |
3592 7 Use Tabs for the indent of starting lines, pad with spaces for | |
3593 continuation lines. Allows changing 'tabstop' without messing up the | |
3594 indents. | |
829 | 3595 'keeptabs': when set don't change the tabs and spaces used for indent, |
3596 when the indent remains the same or increases. | |
7 | 3597 |
3598 | |
3599 Java: | |
3600 8 Can have {} constructs inside parens. Include changes from Steve | |
3601 Odendahl? | |
3602 8 Recognize "import java.util.Vector" and use $CLASSPATH to find files for | |
3603 "[i" commands and friends. | |
3604 - For files found with 'include': handle "*" in included name, for Java. | |
3605 (Jason) | |
3606 - How to make a "package java.util" cause all classes in the package to be | |
3607 searched? Also for "import java.util.*". (Mark Brophy) | |
3608 | |
3609 | |
3610 'comments': | |
3611 8 When formatting C comments that are after code, the "*" isn't repeated | |
3612 like it's done when there is no code. And there is no automatic wrapping. | |
3613 Recognize comments that come after code. Should insert the comment leader | |
3614 when it's "#" or "//". | |
121 | 3615 Other way around: when a C command starts with "* 4" the "*" is repeated |
3616 while it should not. Use syntax HL comment recognition? | |
7 | 3617 7 When using "comments=fg:--", Vim inserts three spaces for a new line. |
3618 When hitting a TAB, these spaces could be removed. | |
3619 7 The 'n'esting flag doesn't do the indenting of the last (rightmost) item. | |
3620 6 Make strings in 'comments' option a RE, to be able to match more | |
3621 complicated things. (Phillipps) Use a special flag to indicate that a | |
3622 regexp is used. | |
3623 8 Make the 'comments' option with "/* * */" lines only repeat the "*" line | |
3624 when there is a "/*" before it? Or include this in 'cindent'? | |
3625 | |
3626 | |
3627 Virtual edit: | |
3628 8 Make the horizontal scrollbar work to move the text further left. | |
3629 7 Allow specifying it separately for Tabs and beyond end-of-line? | |
3630 | |
3631 | |
3632 Text objects: | |
1624 | 3633 8 Add text object for fold, so that it can be yanked when it's open. |
7 | 3634 8 Add test script for text object commands "aw", "iW", etc. |
1280 | 3635 8 Add text object for part of a CamelHumpedWord and under_scored_word. |
164 | 3636 (Scott Graham) "ac" and "au"? |
169 | 3637 8 Add a text object for any kind of quoting, also with multi-byte |
3638 characters. Option to specify what quotes are recognized (default: all) | |
170 | 3639 use "aq" and "iq". Use 'quotepairs' to define pairs of quotes, like |
3640 'matchpairs'? | |
169 | 3641 8 Add text object for any kind of parens, also multi-byte ones. |
7 | 3642 7 Add text object for current search pattern: "a/" and "i/". Makes it |
3643 possible to turn text highlighted for 'hlsearch' into a Visual area. | |
1624 | 3644 8 Add a way to make an ":omap" for a user-defined text object. Requires |
3645 changing the starting position in oap->start. | |
7 | 3646 8 Add "gp" and "gP" commands: insert text and make sure there is a single |
3647 space before it, unless at the start of the line, and after it, unless at | |
3648 the end of the line or before a ".". | |
3649 7 Add objects with backwards extension? Use "I" and "A". Thus "2dAs" | |
3650 deletes the current and previous sentence. (Jens Paulus) | |
3651 7 Add "g{" and "g}" to move to the first/last character of a paragraph | |
3652 (instead of the line just before/after a paragraph as with "{" and "}"). | |
3653 6 Ignore comment leaders for objects. Make "das" work in reply-email. | |
3654 5 Make it possible to use syntax group matches as a text object. For | |
3655 example, define a "ccItem" group, then do "da<ccItem>" to delete one. | |
3656 Or, maybe just define "dai", delete-an-item, to delete the syntax item the | |
3657 cursor is on. | |
3658 | |
3659 | |
3660 Select mode: | |
3661 8 In blockwise mode, typed characters are inserted in front of the block, | |
3662 backspace deletes a column before the block. (Steve Hall) | |
3663 7 Alt-leftmouse starts block mode selection in MS Word. | |
3664 See http://www.vim.org/tips/tip.php?tip_id=743 | |
3665 7 Add Cmdline-select mode. Like Select mode, but used on the command line. | |
3666 - Change gui_send_mouse_event() to pass on mouse events when 'mouse' | |
3667 contains 'C' or 'A'. | |
3668 - Catch mouse events in ex_getln.c. Also shift-cursor, etc., like in | |
3669 normal_cmd(). | |
3670 - remember start and end of selection in cmdline_info. | |
3671 - Typing text replaces the selection. | |
3672 | |
3673 | |
3674 Visual mode: | |
3675 - When dragging the Visual selection with the mouse and 'scrolloff' is zero, | |
3676 behave like 'scrolloff' is one, so that the text scrolls when the pointer | |
3677 is in the top line. | |
713 | 3678 - Displaying size of Visual area: use 24-33 column display. |
3679 When selecting multiple lines, up to about a screenful, also count the | |
3680 characters. | |
7 | 3681 8 When using "I" or "A" in Visual block mode, short lines do not get the new |
587 | 3682 text. Make it possible to add the text to short lines too, with padding |
7 | 3683 where needed. |
3684 7 With a Visual block selected, "2x" deletes a block of double the width, | |
3685 "3y" yanks a block of triple width, etc. | |
3686 7 When selecting linewise, using "itext" should insert "text" at the start | |
3687 of each selected line. | |
3688 8 What is "R" supposed to do in Visual mode? | |
3689 8 Make Visual mode local to the buffer. Allow changing to another buffer. | |
3690 When starting a new Visual selection, remove the Visual selection in any | |
3691 other buffer. (Ron Aaron) | |
3692 8 Support dragging the Visual area to drop it somewhere else. (Ron Aaron, | |
3693 Ben Godfrey) | |
3694 7 Support dragging the Visual area to drop it in another program, and | |
3695 receive dropped text from another program. (Ben Godfrey) | |
3696 7 With blockwise Visual mode and "c", "C", "I", "A", etc., allow the use of | |
3697 a <CR>. The entered lines are repeated over the Visual area. | |
3698 7 CTRL-V :s should substitute only in the block, not to whole lines. (David | |
3699 Young is working on this) | |
3700 7 Filtering a block should only apply to the block, not to the whole lines. | |
8 | 3701 When the number of lines is increased, add lines. When decreased, pad with |
7 | 3702 spaces or delete? Use ":`<,`>" on the command line. |
3703 8 After filtering the Visual area, make "gv" select the filtered text? | |
3704 Currently "gv" only selects a single line, not useful. | |
3705 7 Don't move the cursor when scrolling? Needed when the selection should | |
3706 stay the same. Scroll to the cursor at any movement command. With an | |
3707 option! | |
3708 7 In Visual block mode, need to be able to define a corner on a position | |
3709 that doesn't have text? Also: when using the mouse, be able to select | |
3710 part of a TAB. Even more: Add a mode where the cursor can be on a screen | |
3711 position where there is no text. When typing, add spaces to fill the gap. | |
3712 Other solution: Always use curswant, so that you can move the cursor to | |
3713 the right column, and then use up/down movements to select the line, | |
3714 without changing the column. | |
3715 6 ":left" and ":right" should work in Visual block mode. | |
3716 7 CTRL-I and CTRL-O should work in Visual mode, but only jump to marks in the | |
3717 current buffer. | |
3718 7 CTRL-A and CTRL-X should increase/decrease all numbers in the Visual area. | |
3719 6 In non-Block mode, "I" should insert the same text in front of each line, | |
3720 before the first non-blank, "gI" in column 1. | |
3721 6 In non-Block mode, "A" should append the same text after each line. | |
3722 6 When in blockwise visual selection (CTRL-V), allow cursor to be placed | |
237 | 3723 right of the line. Could also allow cursor to be placed anywhere on a TAB |
7 | 3724 or other special character. |
3725 6 Add commands to move selected text, without deselecting. | |
3726 | |
3727 | |
3728 More advanced repeating commands: | |
3729 - Add "." command for visual mode: redo last visual command (e.g. ":fmt"). | |
237 | 3730 7 Repeating "d:{cmd}" with "." doesn't work. (Benji Fisher) Somehow remember |
7 | 3731 the command line so that it can be repeated? |
1624 | 3732 - Add "gn": repeat last movement command. Including count. |
237 | 3733 - Add "." command after operator: repeat last command of same operator. E.g. |
7 | 3734 "c." will repeat last change, also when "x" used since then (Webb). |
3735 "y." will repeat last yank. | |
3736 "c2." will repeat the last but one change? | |
3737 Also: keep history of Normal mode commands, add command to list the history | |
3738 and/or pick an older command. | |
3739 - History stack for . command? Use "g." command. | |
3740 | |
3741 | |
3742 Mappings and Abbreviations: | |
3743 8 When "0" is mapped (it is a movement command) this mapping should not be | |
3744 used after typing another number, e.g. "20l". (Charles Campbell) | |
3745 Is this possible without disabling the mapping of the following command? | |
3746 8 Should mapping <C-A> and <C-S-A> both work? | |
3747 7 ":abbr b byte", append "b " to an existing word still expands to "byte". | |
3748 This is Vi compatible, but can we avoid it anyway? | |
3749 8 To make a mapping work with a prepended "x to select a register, store the | |
3750 last _typed_ register name and access it with "&. | |
3751 8 Add ":amap", like ":amenu". | |
725 | 3752 7 Add a mapping that works always, for remapping the keyboard. |
7 | 3753 8 Add ":cab!", abbreviations that only apply to Command-line mode and not to |
3754 entering search strings. | |
3755 8 Add a flag to ":abbrev" to eat the character that triggers the | |
3756 abbreviation. Thus "abb ab xxx" and typing "ab<Space>" inserts "xxx" and | |
3757 not the <Space>. | |
3758 8 Allow mapping of CTRL-@ (anywhere in the LHS). | |
3759 8 Give a warning when using CTRL-C in the lhs of a mapping. It will never | |
3760 (?) work. | |
3761 8 Add a way to save a current mapping and restore it later. Use a function | |
3762 that returns the mapping command to restore it: mapcmd()? mapcheck() is | |
3763 not fool proof. How to handle ambiguous mappings? | |
3764 7 Add <0x8f> (hex), <033> (octal) and <123> (decimal) to <> notation? | |
3765 7 Allow mapping "Q" and "Q}" at the same time. Need to put a flag with "Q", | |
237 | 3766 that it needs an extra character before it can match. See Vile 'maplonger' |
7 | 3767 option. |
3768 7 When someone tries to unmap with a trailing space, and it fails, try | |
3769 unmapping without the trailing space. Helps for ":unmap xx | unmap yy". | |
3770 7 Make it possible to map 'wildchar', but only when it's a special character | |
3771 (like CTRL-E). Currently it's only recognized when typed. Useful for | |
3772 mapping a key to do something and then completion. | |
3773 6 Context-sensitive abbreviations: Specify syntax group(s) in which the | |
3774 abbreviations are to be used. | |
3775 - Add mappings that take arguments. Could work like the ":s" command. For | |
3776 example, for a mouse escape sequence: | |
3777 :mapexp <Esc>{\([0-9]*\),\([0-9]*\); H\1j\2l | |
725 | 3778 - Add optional <Number> argument for mappings: |
3779 :map <Number>q ^W^W<Number>G | |
3780 :map <Number>q<Number>t ^W^W<Number1-1>G<Number2>l | |
3781 :map q<Char> :s/<Char>/\u\0/g | |
3782 Or implicit: | |
3783 :map q <Register>d<Number>$ | |
7 | 3784 - Make it possible to include a <Nul> in the lhs and rhs of a mapping. |
3785 - Add command to repeat a whole mapping ("." only repeats the last change in | |
3786 a mapping). Also: Repeat a whole insert command, including any mappings | |
3787 that it included. Sort-of automatic recording? | |
3788 - Add an option to ":map" that makes it display the special keys in | |
3789 <> notation (e.g. <CR> instead of ^M). Or just always do this? | |
3790 - Include an option (or flag to 'cpoptions') that makes errors in mappings | |
3791 not flush the rest of the mapping (like nvi does). | |
3792 - Use context sensitiveness of completion to switch abbreviations and | |
3793 mappings off for :unab and :unmap. | |
3794 6 When using mappings in Insert mode, insert characters for incomplete | |
3795 mappings first, then remove them again when a mapping matches. Avoids | |
3796 that characters that are the start of some mapping are not shown until you | |
3797 hit another character. | |
3798 - Add mappings for replace mode: ":rmap". How do we then enter mappings for | |
3799 non-replace Insert mode? | |
3800 - Add separate mappings for Visual-character/block/line mode? | |
3801 - Add 'mapstop' command, to stop recursive mappings. | |
3802 - List mappings that have a raw escape sequence both with the name of the key | |
3803 for that escape sequence (if there is one) and the sequence itself. | |
3804 - List mappings: Once with special keys listed as <>, once with meta chars as | |
237 | 3805 <M-a>, once with the byte values (octal?). Sort of "spell mapping" command? |
7 | 3806 - When entering mappings: Add the possibility to enter meta keys like they |
3807 are displayed, within <>: <M-a>, <~@> or <|a>. | |
3808 - Allow multiple arguments to :unmap. | |
3809 - Command to show keys that are not used and available for mapping | |
3810 ":freekeys". | |
3811 - Allow any character except white space in abbreviations lhs (Riehm). | |
3812 | |
3813 | |
3814 Incsearch: | |
3815 - Add a limit to the number of lines that are searched for 'incsearch'? | |
3816 - When no match is found and the user types more, the screen is redrawn | |
3817 anyway. Could skip that. Esp. if the line wraps and the text is scrolled | |
3818 up every time. | |
3819 - Temporarily open folds to show where the search ends up. Restore the | |
3820 folds when going to another line. | |
3821 - When incsearch used and hitting return, no need to search again in many | |
3822 cases, saves a lot of time in big files. (Slootman wants to work on this?) | |
3823 When not using special characters, can continue search from the last match | |
3824 (or not at all, when there was no match). See oldmail/webb/in.872. | |
3825 - With incsearch, use CTRL-N/CTRL-P to go to next/previous match, some other | |
3826 key to copy matched word to search pattern (Alexander Schmid). | |
3827 | |
3828 | |
3829 Searching: | |
625 | 3830 8 Add "g/" and "gb" to search for a pattern in the Visually selected text? |
40 | 3831 "g?" is already used for rot13. |
1125 | 3832 The vis.vim script has a ":S" command that does something like this. |
625 | 3833 Can use "g/" in Normal mode, uses the '< to '> area. |
1125 | 3834 Use "&/" for searching the text in the Visual area? |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3835 9 Add "v" offset: "/pat/v": search for pattern and start Visual mode on the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3836 matching text. |
231 | 3837 8 Add a mechanism for recursiveness: "\@(([^()]*\@g[^()]*)\)". \@g stands |
3838 for "go recursive here" and \@( \) marks the recursive part. | |
3839 Perl does it this way: | |
3840 $paren = qr/ \(( [^()] | (??{ $paren }) )* \) /x; | |
3841 Here $paren is evaluated when it's encountered. This is like a regexp | |
3842 inside a regexp. In the above terms it would be: | |
3843 \@((\([^()]\|\@g\)*)\) | |
1125 | 3844 8 Show the progress every second. Could use the code that checks for CTRL-C |
3845 to find out how much time has passed. Or use SIGALRM. Where to show the | |
3846 number? | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3847 8 When using an expression for ":s", set the match position in a v: |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3848 variable. So that you can do ":%s/^/\=v:lnum/" to put a line number |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3849 before each line. |
328 | 3850 7 Support for approximate-regexps to find similar words (agrep |
3851 http://www.tgries.de/agrep/ tre: http://laurikari.net/tre/index.html). | |
218 | 3852 8 Add an item for a big character range, so that one can search for a |
3853 chinese character: \z[234-1234] or \z[XX-YY] or \z[0x23-0x234]. | |
39 | 3854 7 Add an item stack to allow matching (). One side is "push X on |
7 | 3855 the stack if previous atom matched". Other side is "match with top of |
3856 stack, pop it when it matches". Use "\@pX" and "\@m"? | |
3857 Example: \((\@p).\{-}\@m\)* | |
3858 7 Add an option to accept a match at the cursor position. Also for | |
3859 search(). (Brett) | |
39 | 3860 7 Add a flag to "/pat/" to discard an error. Useful to continue a mapping |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3861 when a search fails. Could be "/pat/E" (e is already used for end offset). |
7 | 3862 7 Add pattern item to use properties of Unicode characters. In Perl it's |
3863 "\p{L}" for a letter. See Regular Expression Pocket Reference. | |
3864 8 Would it be possible to allow ":23,45/pat/flags" to search for "pat" in | |
3865 lines 23 to 45? Or does this conflict with Ex range syntax? | |
3866 8 Allow identical pairs in 'matchpairs'. Restrict the search to the current | |
3867 line. | |
3868 7 Allow longer pairs in 'matchpairs'. Use ~/vim/macros/matchit.vim as an | |
3869 example. | |
3870 8 Make it possible to define the character that "%" checks for in | |
3871 #if/#endif. For nmake it's !if/!endif. | |
3872 - For "%" command: set hierarchy for which things include other things that | |
3873 should be ignored (like "*/" or "#endif" inside /* */). | |
3874 Also: use "%" to jump from start to end of syntax region and back. | |
3875 Alternative: use matchit.vim | |
3876 8 "/:/e+1" gets stuck on a match at the end of the line. Do we care? | |
3877 8 A pattern like "\([^a]\+\)\+" takes an awful long time. Recognize that | |
3878 the recursive "\+" is meaningless and optimize for it. | |
3879 This one is also very slow on "/* some comment */": "^\/\*\(.*[^/]\)*$". | |
3880 7 Recognize "[a-z]", "[0-9]", etc. and replace them with the faster "\l" and | |
3881 "\d". | |
24 | 3882 7 Add a way to specify characters in <C-M> or <Key> form. Could be |
3883 \%<C-M>. | |
7 | 3884 8 Add an argument after ":s/pat/str/" for a range of matches. For example, |
3885 ":s/pat/str/#3-4" to replace only the third and fourth "pat" in a line. | |
1624 | 3886 8 When 'iskeyword' is changed the matches from 'hlsearch' may change. (Benji |
3887 Fisher) redraw if some options are set while 'hlsearch' is set? | |
7 | 3888 8 Add an option not to use 'hlsearch' highlighting for ":s" and ":g" |
3889 commands. (Kahn) It would work like ":noh" is used after that command. | |
3890 Also: An extra flag to do this once, and a flag to keep the existing | |
3891 search pattern. | |
1624 | 3892 - Make 'hlsearch' a local/global option, so that it can be disabled in some |
3893 of the windows. | |
7 | 3894 - Add \%h{group-name}; to search for a specific highlight group. |
3895 Add \%s{syntax-group}; to search for a specific syntax group. | |
3896 - Support Perl regexp. Use PCRE (Perl Compatible RE) package. (Shade) | |
3897 Or translate the pattern to a Vim one. | |
3898 Don't switch on with an option for typed commands/mappings/functions, it's | |
3899 too confusing. Use "\@@" in the pattern, to avoid incompatibilities. | |
1624 | 3900 8 Add a way to access the last substitute text, what is used for ":s//~/". |
3901 Can't use the ~ register, it's already used for drag & drop. | |
7 | 3902 - Remember flags for backreferenced items, so that "*" can be used after it. |
3903 Check with "\(\S\)\1\{3}". (Hemmerling) | |
1624 | 3904 8 Flags that apply to the whole pattern. |
3905 This works for all places where a regexp is used. | |
3906 Add "\q" to not store this pattern as the last search pattern? | |
7 | 3907 - Add flags to search command (also for ":s"?): |
3908 i ignore case | |
3909 I use case | |
3910 p use Perl regexp syntax (or POSIX?) | |
3911 v use Vi regexp syntax | |
3912 f forget pattern, don't keep it for "n" command | |
3913 F remember pattern, keep it for "n" command | |
3914 Perl uses these too: | |
3915 e evaluate the right side as an expression (Perl only) | |
3916 m multiple line expression (we don't need it) | |
3917 o compile only once (Perl only) | |
3918 s single line expression (we don't need it) | |
3919 x extended regexp (we don't need it) | |
3920 When used after ":g" command, backslash needed to avoid confusion with the | |
3921 following command. | |
3922 Add 'searchflags' for default flags (replaces 'gdefault'). | |
3923 - Add command to display the last used substitute pattern and last used | |
3924 pattern. (Margo) Maybe make it accessible through a register (like "/ | |
3925 for search string)? | |
3926 7 Use T-search algorithm, to speed up searching for strings without special | |
3927 characters. See C't article, August 1997. | |
3928 - Add 'fuzzycase' option, so that case doesn't matter, and '-' and '_' are | |
3929 equivalent (for Unix filenames). | |
3930 - Add 'v' flag to search command: enter Visual mode, with the matching text | |
3931 as Visual area. (variation on idea from Bertin) | |
3932 - Searching: "/this//that/" should find "that" after "this". | |
3933 - Add global search commands: Instead of wrapping at the end of the buffer, | |
237 | 3934 they continue in another buffer. Use flag after search pattern: |
7 | 3935 a for the next file in the argument list |
3936 f for file in the buffer list | |
3937 w for file edited in a window. | |
237 | 3938 e.g. "/pat/f". Then "n" and "N" work through files too. "f" flag also for |
3939 ":s/pat/foo/f"??? Then when 'autowrite' and 'hidden' are both not set, ask | |
7 | 3940 before saving files: "Save modified buffer "/path/file"? (Yes/Hide/No |
3941 Save-all/hide-All/Quit) ". | |
3942 - ":s/pat/foo/3": find 3rd match of "pat", like sed. (Thomas Koehler) | |
3943 7 When searching with 'n' give message when getting back where the search | |
237 | 3944 first started. Remember start of search in '/ mark. |
7 | 3945 7 Add option that scrolls screen to put cursor in middle of screen after |
3946 search always/when off-screen/never. And after a ":tag" command. Maybe | |
3947 specify how many lines below the screen causes a redraw with the cursor in | |
3948 the middle (default would be half a screen, zero means always). | |
3949 6 Support multiple search buffers, so macros can be made without side | |
3950 effects. | |
3951 7 From xvim: Allow a newline in search patterns (also for :s, can delete | |
3952 newline). Add BOW, EOW, NEWL, NLORANY, NLBUTANY, magic 'n' and 'r', etc. | |
3953 [not in xvim:] Add option to switch on matches crossing ONE line boundary. | |
271 | 3954 7 Add ":iselect", a combination of ":ilist" and ":tselect". (Aaron) (Zellner) |
7 | 3955 Also ":dselect". |
3956 | |
3957 | |
3958 Undo: | |
1624 | 3959 9 After undo/redo, in the message show whether the buffer is modified or |
3960 not. | |
1125 | 3961 8 Undo tree: visually show the tree somehow (Damian Conway) |
3962 Show only the leaves, indicating how many changed from the branch and the | |
3963 timestamp? | |
3964 Put branch with most recent change on the left, older changes get more | |
3965 indent? | |
1624 | 3966 8 See ":e" as a change operation, find the changes and add them to the |
3967 undo info. Also be able to undo the "Reload file" choice for when a file | |
3968 was changed outside of Vim. | |
3969 Would require doing a diff between the buffer text and the file and | |
3970 storing the differences. | |
1125 | 3971 8 Search for pattern in undo tree, showing when it happened and the text |
3972 state, so that you can jump to it. | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3973 - Persistent undo: store undo in a file. Patch by Jordan Lewis, 2009 Feb |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3974 20. Repost 2009 Nov 16. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3975 Older ideas: |
713 | 3976 Use timestamps, so that a version a certain time ago can be found and info |
3977 before some time/date can be flushed. 'undopersist' gives maximum time to | |
3978 keep undo: "3h", "1d", "2w", "1y", etc. For the file use dot and | |
3979 extension: ".filename.un~" (like swapfile but "un~" instead of "swp"). | |
26 | 3980 - Make it possible to undo all the commands from a mapping, including a |
3981 trailing unfinished command, e.g. for ":map K iX^[r". | |
7 | 3982 - When accidentally hitting "R" instead of Ctrl-R, further Ctrl-R is not |
3983 possible, even when typing <Esc> immediately. (Grahn) Also for "i", "a", | |
3984 etc. Postpone saving for undo until something is really inserted? | |
3985 8 When Inserting a lot of text, it can only be undone as a whole. Make undo | |
3986 sync points at every line or word. Could recognize the start of a new | |
3987 word (white space and then non-white space) and backspacing. | |
3988 Can already use CTRL-G u, but that requires remapping a lot of things. | |
3989 8 Make undo more memory-efficient: Compare text before and after change, | |
3990 only remember the lines that really changed. | |
3991 7 Add undo for a range of lines. Can change these back to a previous | |
3992 version without changing the rest of the file. Stop doing this when a | |
3993 change includes only some of these lines and changes the line count. Need | |
3994 to store these undo actions as a separate change that can be undone. | |
3995 - For u_save() include the column number. This can be used to set '[ and ']. | |
3996 And in the future the undo can be made more efficient (Webb). | |
3997 - In out-of-memory situations: Free allocated space in undo, and reduce the | |
3998 number of undo levels (with confirmation). | |
3999 - Instead of [+], give the number of changes since the last write: [+123]. | |
4000 When undoing to before the last write, change this to a negative number: | |
4001 [-99]. | |
4002 - With undo with simple line delete/insert: optimize screen updating. | |
4003 - When executing macro's: Save each line for undo only once. | |
4004 - When doing a global substitute, causing almost all lines to be changed, | |
4005 undo info becomes very big. Put undo info in swap file?? | |
4006 | |
4007 | |
4008 Buffer list: | |
4009 7 Command to execute a command in another buffer: ":inbuf {bufname} {cmd}". | |
4010 Also for other windows: ":inwin {winnr} {cmd}". How to make sure that | |
4011 this works properly for all commands, and still be able to return to the | |
4012 current buffer/window? E.g.: ":inbuf xxx only". | |
4013 8 Add File.{recent_files} menu entries: Recently edited files. | |
4014 Ron Aaron has a plugin for this: mru.vim. | |
4015 8 Unix: Check all uses of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() if they should check | |
4016 inode too. | |
4017 7 Add another number for a buffer, which is visible for the user. When | |
237 | 4018 creating a new buffer, use the lowest number not in use (or the highest |
4019 number in use plus one?). | |
7 | 4020 7 Offer some buffer selection from the command line? Like using ":ls" and |
4021 asking for a buffer number. (Zachmann) | |
4022 - When starting to edit a file that is already in the buffer list, use the | |
4023 file name argument for the new short file name. (Webb) | |
4024 - Add an option to make ":bnext" and ":bprev" wrap around the end of the | |
4025 buffer list. Also for ":next" and ":prev"? | |
4026 7 Add argument to ":ls" which is a pattern for buffers to list. | |
4027 E.g. ":ls *.c". (Thompson) | |
4028 7 Add expansion of buffer names, so that "*.c" is expanded to all buffer | |
4029 names. Needed for ":bdel *.c", ":bunload *.c", etc. | |
4030 8 Support for <afile> where a buffer name is expected. | |
237 | 4031 8 Some commands don't use line numbers, but buffer numbers. '$' |
7 | 4032 should then mean the number of the last buffer. E.g.: "4,$bdel". |
4033 7 Add an option to mostly use slashes in file names. Separately for | |
4034 internal use and for when executing an external program? | |
4035 | |
4036 | |
4037 Swap (.swp) files: | |
4038 8 If writing to the swap file fails, should try to open one in another | |
4039 directory from 'dir'. Useful in case the file system is full and when | |
4040 there are short file name problems. | |
4041 8 Also use the code to try using a short file name for the backup and swap | |
4042 file for the Win32 and Dos 32 bit versions. | |
4043 8 When a file is edited by root, add $LOGNAME to know who did su. | |
4044 8 When the edited file is a symlink, try to put the swap file in the same | |
237 | 4045 dir as the actual file. Adjust FullName(). Avoids editing the same file |
7 | 4046 twice (e.g. when using quickfix). Also try to make the name of the backup |
4047 file the same as the actual file? | |
4048 Use the code for resolve()? | |
4049 7 When using 64 bit inode numbers, also store the top 32 bits. Add another | |
4050 field for this, using part of bo_fname[], to keep it compatible. | |
4051 7 When editing a file on removable media, should put swap file somewhere | |
237 | 4052 else. Use something like 'r' flag in 'viminfo'. 'diravoid'? |
7 | 4053 Also: Be able to specify minimum disk space, skip directory when not |
4054 enough room. | |
4055 7 Add a configure check for which directory should be used: /tmp, /var/tmp | |
4056 or /var/preserve. | |
4057 - Add an option to create a swap file only when making the first change to | |
4058 the buffer. (Liang) Or only when the buffer is not read-only. | |
4059 - Add option to set "umask" for backup files and swap files (Antwerpen). | |
4060 'backupumask' and 'swapumask'? Or 'umaskback' and 'umaskswap'? | |
4061 - When editing a readonly file, don't use a swap file but read parts from the | |
4062 original file. Also do this when the file is huge (>'maxmem'). We do | |
4063 need to load the file once to count the number of lines? Perhaps keep a | |
4064 cached list of which line is where. | |
4065 | |
4066 | |
4067 Viminfo: | |
4068 7 Can probably remove the code that checks for a writable viminfo file, | |
4069 because we now do the chown() for root, and others can't overwrite someone | |
4070 else's viminfo file. | |
1280 | 4071 8 When there is no .viminfo file and someone does "su", runs Vim, a |
4072 root-owned .viminfo file is created. Is there a good way to avoid this? | |
4073 Perhaps check the owner of the directory. Only when root? | |
7 | 4074 8 Add argument to keep the list of buffers when Vim is started with a file |
4075 name. (Schild) | |
4076 8 Keep the last used directory of the file browser (File/Open menu). | |
4077 8 Remember the last used register for "@@". | |
1624 | 4078 8 Remember the redo buffer, so that "." works after restarting. |
7 | 4079 8 Remember a list of last accessed files. To be used in the |
4080 "File.Open Recent" menu. Default is to remember 10 files or so. | |
4081 Also remember which files have been read and written. How to display | |
4082 this? | |
4083 7 Also store the ". register (last inserted text). | |
4084 7 Make it possible to store buffer names in viminfo file relative to some | |
4085 directory, to make them portable over a network. (Aaron) | |
4086 6 Store a snapshot of the currently opened windows. So that when quitting | |
4087 Vim, and then starting again (without a file name argument), you see the | |
4088 same files in the windows. Use ":mksession" code? | |
4089 - Make marks present in .viminfo usable as file marks: Display a list of | |
4090 "last visited files" and select one to jump to. | |
4091 | |
4092 | |
4093 Modelines: | |
4094 8 Before trying to execute a modeline, check that it looks like one (valid | |
4095 option names). If it's very wrong, silently ignore it. | |
4096 Ignore a line that starts with "Subject: ". | |
1624 | 4097 - Add an option to whitelist options that are allowed in a modeline. This |
4098 would allow careful users to use modelines, e.g., only allowing | |
4099 'shiftwidth'. | |
4100 - Add an option to let modelines only set local options, not global ones | |
4101 such as 'encoding'. | |
7 | 4102 - When an option value is coming from a modeline, do not carry it over to |
4103 another edited file? Would need to remember the value from before the | |
4104 modeline setting. | |
4105 - Allow setting a variable from a modeline? Only allow using fixed strings, | |
4106 no function calls, to avoid a security problem. | |
4107 - Allow ":doauto BufRead x.cpp" in modelines, to execute autocommands for | |
4108 .cpp files. | |
4109 - Support the "abbreviate" command in modelines (Kearns). Careful for | |
4110 characters after <Esc>, that is a security leak. | |
4111 - Add option setting to ask user if he wants to have the modelines executed | |
4112 or not. Same for .exrc in local dir. | |
4113 | |
4114 | |
580 | 4115 Sessions: |
4116 8 DOS/Windows: ":mksession" generates a "cd" command where "aa\#bb" means | |
4117 directory "#bb" in "aa", but it's used as "aa#bb". (Ronald Hoellwarth) | |
4118 7 When there is a "help.txt" window in a session file, restoring that | |
4119 session will not get the "LOCAL ADDITIONS" back. | |
7 | 4120 8 With ":mksession" always store the 'sessionoptions' option, even when |
4121 "options" isn't in it. (St-Amant) | |
580 | 4122 8 When using ":mksession", also store a command to reset all options to |
4123 their default value, before setting the options that are not at their | |
4124 default value. | |
4125 7 With ":mksession" also store the tag stack and jump history. (Michal | |
4126 Malecki) | |
4127 7 Persistent variables: "p:var"; stored in viminfo file and sessions files. | |
856 | 4128 |
580 | 4129 |
4130 Options: | |
374 | 4131 7 ":with option=value | command": temporarily set an option value and |
4132 restore it after the command has executed. | |
7 | 4133 7 Setting an option always sets "w_set_curswant", while this is only |
4134 required for a few options. Only do it for those options to avoid the | |
4135 side effect. | |
4136 8 Make "old" number options that really give a number of effects into string | |
4137 options that are a comma separated list. The old number values should | |
4138 also be supported. | |
4139 8 Add commands to save and restore an option, which also preserves the flag | |
4140 that marks if the option was set. Useful to keep the effect of setting | |
4141 'compatible' after ":syntax on" has been used. | |
4142 7 There is 'titleold', why is there no 'iconold'? (Chazelas) | |
4143 7 Make 'scrolloff' a global-local option, so that it can be different in the | |
4144 quickfix window, for example. (Gary Holloway) | |
4145 | |
4146 | |
4147 External commands: | |
4148 8 When filtering text, redirect stderr so that it can't mess up the screen | |
4149 and Vim doesn't need to redraw it. Also for ":r !cmd". | |
4150 4 Set separate shell for ":sh", piping "range!filter", reading text "r !ls" | |
4151 and writing text "w !wc". (Deutsche) Allow arguments for fast start (e.g. | |
4152 -f). | |
4153 4 Allow direct execution, without using a shell. | |
4154 4 Run an external command in the background. But how about I/O in the GUI? | |
4155 Careful: don't turn Vim into a shell! | |
4156 4 Add feature to disable using a shell or external commands. | |
4157 | |
4158 | |
4159 Multiple Windows: | |
4160 7 "vim -oO file ..." use both horizontal and vertical splits. | |
4161 8 Add CTRL-W T: go to the top window in the column of the current window. | |
4162 And CTRL-W B: go to bottom window. | |
4163 7 Use CTRL-W <Tab>, like alt-tab, to switch between buffers. Repeat <Tab> | |
4164 to select another buffer (only loaded ones?), <BS> to go back, <Enter> to | |
4165 select buffer, <Esc> to go back to original buffer. | |
1668 | 4166 7 Make it possible to edit a new buffer in the preview window. A script can |
4167 then fill it with something. ":popen"? | |
782 | 4168 7 Add a 'tool' window: behaves like a preview window but there can be |
4169 several. Don't count it in only_one_window(). (Alexei Alexandrov) | |
7 | 4170 6 Add an option to resize the shell when splitting and/or closing a window. |
4171 ":vsp" would make the shell wider by as many columns as needed for the new | |
237 | 4172 window. Specify a maximum size (or use the screen size). ":close" would |
7 | 4173 shrink the shell by as many columns as come available. (Demirel) |
4174 7 When starting Vim several times, instantiate a Vim server, that allows | |
4175 communication between the different Vims. Feels like one Vim running with | |
4176 multiple top-level windows. Esp. useful when Vim is started from an IDE | |
4177 too. Requires some form of inter process communication. | |
4178 - Support a connection to an external viewer. Could call the viewer | |
4179 automatically after some seconds of non-activity, or with a command. | |
4180 Allow some way of reporting scrolling and cursor positioning in the viewer | |
4181 to Vim, so that the link between the viewed and edited text can be made. | |
4182 | |
4183 | |
4184 Marks: | |
1624 | 4185 8 Add ten marks for last changed files: ':0, ':1, etc. One mark per file. |
7 | 4186 8 When cursor is first moved because of scrolling, set a mark at this |
4187 position. (Rimon Barr) Use '-. | |
237 | 4188 8 Add a command to jump to a mark and make the motion inclusive. g'm and g`m? |
7 | 4189 8 The '" mark is set to the first line, even when doing ":next" a few times. |
4190 Only set the '" mark when the cursor was really moved in a file. | |
4191 8 Make `` and '', which would position the new cursor position in the middle | |
4192 of the window, restore the old topline (or relative position) from when | |
4193 the mark was set. | |
4194 7 Make a list of file marks in a separate window. For listing all buffers, | |
4195 matching tags, errors, etc. Normal commands to move around. Add commands | |
4196 to jump to the mark (in current window or new window). Start it with | |
4197 ":browse marks"? | |
4198 6 Add a menu that lists the Marks like ":marks". (Amerige) | |
4199 7 For ":jumps", ":tags" and ":marks", for not loaded buffers, remember the | |
4200 text at the mark. Highlight the column with the mark. | |
4201 7 Highlight each mark in some way (With "Mark" highlight group). | |
4202 Or display marks in a separate column, like 'number' does. | |
4203 7 Use d"m to delete rectangular area from cursor to mark m (like Vile's \m | |
4204 command). | |
4205 7 Try to keep marks in the same position when: | |
4206 - replacing with a line break, like in ":s/pat/^M/", move marks after the | |
4207 line break column to the next line. (Acevedo) | |
4208 - inserting/deleting characters in a line. | |
4209 5 Include marks for start/end of the current word and section. Useful in | |
4210 mappings. | |
4211 6 Add "unnamed mark" feature: Like marks for the ":g" command, but place and | |
4212 unplace them with commands before doing something with the lines. | |
4213 Highlight the marked lines somehow. | |
4214 | |
4215 | |
4216 Digraphs: | |
4217 7 Make "ga" show the digraph for a character, if it exists. | |
4218 Also the keymap? | |
4219 - Make it possible to enter "r<C-E>" and "r<C-Y>" (get character from line | |
4220 below/above). | |
4221 - Use digraph table to tell Vim about the collating sequence of special | |
4222 characters? | |
26 | 4223 8 Add command to remove one or more (all) digraphs. (Brown) |
7 | 4224 7 Support different sets of digraphs (depending on the character set?). At |
4225 least Latin1/Unicode, Latin-2, MS-DOS (esp. for Win32). | |
4226 | |
4227 | |
4228 Writing files: | |
4229 - In vim_rename(), should lock "from" file when deleting "to" file for | |
4230 systems other than Amiga. Avoids problems with unexpected longname to | |
4231 shortname conversion. | |
4232 8 write mch_isdevice() for Amiga, Mac, VMS, etc. | |
4233 8 When appending to a file, Vim should also make a backup and a 'patchmode' | |
4234 file. | |
4235 8 'backupskip' doesn't write a backup file at all, a bit dangerous for some | |
4236 applications. Add 'backupelsewhere' to write a backup file in another | |
4237 directory? Or add a flag to 'backupdir'? | |
4238 7 The 'directory' option supports changing path separators to "%" to make | |
4239 file names unique, also support this for 'backupdir'. (Mikolaj Machowski) | |
4240 6 Add an option to write a new, numbered, backup file each time. Like | |
4241 'patchmode', e.g., 'backupmode'. | |
4242 6 Make it possible to write 'patchmode' files to a different directory. | |
4243 E.g., ":set patchmode=~/backups/*.orig". (Thomas) | |
4244 6 Add an option to prepend something to the backup file name. E.g., "#". | |
4245 Or maybe allow a function to modify the backup file name? | |
237 | 4246 8 Only make a backup when overwriting a file for the first time. Avoids |
7 | 4247 losing the original when writing twice. (Slootman) |
4248 7 On non-Unix machines, also overwrite the original file in some situations | |
4249 (file system full, it's a link on an NFS partition). | |
4250 7 When editing a file, check that it has been change outside of Vim more | |
4251 often, not only when writing over it. E.g., at the time the swap file is | |
4252 flushed. Or every ten seconds or so (use the time of day, check it before | |
4253 waiting for a character to be typed). | |
4254 8 When a file was changed since editing started, show this in the status | |
4255 line of the window, like "[time]". | |
4256 Make it easier to reload all outdated files that don't have changes. | |
4257 Automatic and/or with a command. | |
4258 | |
4259 | |
4260 Substitute: | |
343 | 4261 8 Substitute with hex/unicode number "\%xff" and "\%uabcd". Just like |
4262 "\%uabcd" in search pattern. | |
237 | 4263 8 Make it easier to replace in all files in the argument list. E.g.: |
7 | 4264 ":argsub/oldword/newword/". Works like ":argdo %s/oldword/newword/g|w". |
4265 - :s///p prints the line after a substitution. | |
4266 - With :s///c replace \&, ~, etc. when showing the replacement pattern. | |
4267 8 With :s///c allow scrolling horizontally when 'nowrap' is effective. | |
4268 Also allow a count before the scrolling keys. | |
237 | 4269 - Add number option to ":s//2": replace second occurrence of string? Or: |
7 | 4270 :s///N substitutes N times. |
4271 - Add answers to ":substitute" with 'c' flag, used in a ":global", e.g.: | |
4272 ":g/pat1/s/pat2/pat3/cg": 'A' do all remaining replacements, 'Q' don't do | |
4273 any replacements, 'u' undo last substitution. | |
4274 7 Substitute in a block of text. Use {line}.{column} notation in an Ex | |
4275 range, e.g.: ":1.3,$.5s" means to substitute from line 1 column 3 to the | |
4276 last line column 5. | |
4277 5 Add commands to bookmark lines, display bookmarks, remove bookmarks, | |
4278 operate on lines with bookmarks, etc. Like ":global" but with the | |
4279 possibility to keep the bookmarks and use them with several commands. | |
4280 (Stanislav Sitar) | |
4281 | |
4282 | |
4283 Mouse support: | |
4284 8 Add 'o' flag to 'mouse'? | |
4285 7 Be able to set a 'mouseshape' for the popup menu. | |
4286 8 Add 'mouse' flag, which sets a behavior like Visual mode, but automatic | |
4287 yanking at the button-up event. Or like Select mode, but typing gets you | |
4288 out of Select mode, instead of replacing the text. (Bhaskar) | |
4289 - Implement mouse support for the Amiga console. | |
4290 - Using right mouse button to extend a blockwise selection should attach to | |
4291 the nearest corner of the rectangle (four possible corners). | |
4292 - Precede mouse click by a number to simulate double clicks?!? | |
4293 - When mouse click after 'r' command, get character that was pointed to. | |
4294 | |
4295 | |
4296 Crypt and security: | |
4297 8 Also crypt the swapfile, each block separately. Change mf_write() and | |
4298 mf_read(). How to get b_p_key to these functions? | |
4299 | |
4300 | |
4301 Argument list: | |
4302 6 Add command to put all filenames from the tag files in the argument list. | |
4303 When given an argument, only use the files where that argument matches | |
4304 (like `grep -l ident`) and jump to the first match. | |
4305 6 Add command to form an args list from all the buffers? | |
4306 | |
4307 | |
4308 Registers: | |
4309 8 Don't display empty registers with ":display". (Etienne) | |
4310 8 Make the # register writable, so that it can be restored after jumping | |
4311 around in windows. | |
4312 8 Add put command that overwrites existing text. Should also work for | |
4313 blocks. Useful to move text around in a table. Works like using "R ^R r" | |
4314 for every line. | |
4315 6 When yanking into the unnamed registers several times, somehow make the | |
4316 previous contents also available (like it's done for deleting). What | |
4317 register names to use? g"1, g"2, etc.? | |
4318 - When appending to a register, also report the total resulting number of | |
4319 lines. Or just say "99 more lines yanked", add the "more". | |
4320 - When inserting a register in Insert mode with CTRL-R, don't insert comment | |
4321 leader when line wraps? | |
4322 - The ":@r" commands should take a range and execute the register for each | |
4323 line in the range. | |
4324 - Add "P" command to insert contents of unnamed register, move selected text | |
4325 to position of previous deleted (to swap foo and bar in " + foo") | |
4326 8 Should be able to yank and delete into the "/ register. | |
4327 How to take care of the flags (offset, magic)? | |
8 | 4328 |
7 | 4329 |
4330 Debug mode: | |
4331 7 Add something to enable debugging when a remote message is received. | |
4332 8 Add breakpoints for setting an option | |
9 | 4333 8 Add breakpoints for assigning to a variable. |
7 | 4334 7 Add a watchpoint in the debug mode: An expression that breaks execution |
23 | 4335 when evaluating to non-zero. Add the "watchadd expr" command, stop when |
4336 the value of the expression changes. ":watchdel" deletes an item, | |
4337 ":watchlist" lists the items. (Charles Campbell) | |
7 | 4338 7 Store the history from debug mode in viminfo. |
4339 7 Make the debug mode history available with histget() et al. | |
4340 | |
4341 | |
4342 Various improvements: | |
1624 | 4343 8 ":sign unplace * file={filename}" should work. Also: ":sign unplace * |
4344 buffer={bufnr}". So one can remove all signs for one file/buffer. | |
667 | 4345 7 Add plugins for formatting? Should be able to make a choice depending on |
4346 the language of a file (English/Korean/Japanese/etc.). | |
4347 Setting the 'langformat' option to "chinese" would load the | |
4348 "format/chinese.vim" plugin. | |
4349 The plugin would set 'formatexpr' and define the function being called. | |
4350 Edward L. Fox explains how it should be done for most Asian languages. | |
4351 (2005 Nov 24) | |
1624 | 4352 Alternative: patch for utf-8 line breaking. (Yongwei Wu, 2008 Feb 23) |
432 | 4353 7 [t to move to previous xml/html tag (like "vatov"), ]t to move to next |
4354 ("vatv"). | |
436 | 4355 7 [< to move to previous xml/html tag, e.g., previous <li>. ]< to move to |
4356 next <li>, ]< to next </li>, [< to previous </li>. | |
7 | 4357 8 Add ":rename" command: rename the file of the current buffer and rename |
4358 the buffer. Buffer may be modified. | |
1125 | 4359 7 Instead of filtering errors with a shell script it should be possible to |
4360 do this with Vim script. A function that filters the raw text that comes | |
4361 from the 'makeprg'? | |
651 | 4362 - Add %b to 'errorformat': buffer number. (Yegappan Lakshmanan / Suresh |
41 | 4363 Govindachar) |
1125 | 4364 7 Add a command that goes back to the position from before jumping to the |
4365 first quickfix location. ":cbefore"? | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
4366 7 Allow a window not to have a statusline. Makes it possible to use a |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
4367 window as a buffer-tab selection. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
4368 8 Allow non-active windows to have a different statusline. (Yakov Lerner) |
7 | 4369 6 Python interface: add vim.message() function. (Michal Vitecek, 2002 Nov 5) |
4370 7 Support using ":vert" with User commands. Add expandable items <vert>. | |
4371 Do the same for ":browse" and ":confirm"? | |
4372 For ":silent" and ":debug" apply to the whole user command. | |
1624 | 4373 More general: need a way to access command modifiers in a user command. |
4374 Assign them to a v: variable? | |
7 | 4375 7 Add an invisible buffer which can be edited. For use in scripts that want |
4376 to manipulate text without changing the window layout. | |
4377 8 Add a command to revert to the saved version of file; undo or redo until | |
4378 all changes are gone. | |
4379 6 "vim -q -" should read the list of errors from stdin. (Gautam Mudunuri) | |
4380 8 Add "--remote-fail": When contacting the server fails, exit Vim. | |
4381 Add "--remote-self": When contacting the server fails, do it in this Vim. | |
4382 Overrules the default of "--remote-send" to fail and "--remote" to do it | |
4383 in this Vim. | |
4384 8 When Vim was started without a server, make it possible to start one, as | |
237 | 4385 if the "--servername" argument was given. ":startserver <name>"? |
7 | 4386 8 No address range can be used before the command modifiers. This makes |
4387 them difficult to use in a menu for Visual mode. Accept the range and | |
4388 have it apply to the following command. | |
4389 8 Add the possibility to set 'fileformats' to force a format and strip other | |
4390 CR characters. For example, for "dos" files remove CR characters at the | |
4391 end of the line, so that a file with mixed line endings is cleaned up. | |
4392 To just not display the CR characters: Add a flag to 'display'? | |
4393 7 Some compilers give error messages in which the file name does not have a | |
4394 path. Be able to specify that 'path' is used for these files. | |
4395 7 Xterm sends <Esc>O3F for <M-End>. Similarly for other <M-Home>, <M-Left>, | |
4396 etc. Combinations of Alt, Ctrl and Shift are also possible. Recognize | |
4397 these to avoid inserting the raw byte sequence, handle like the key | |
4398 without modifier (unless mapped). | |
4399 6 Add "gG": like what "gj" is to "j": go to the N'th window line. | |
4400 8 Add command like ":normal" that accepts <Key> notation like ":map". | |
4401 9 Support ACLs on more systems. | |
4402 7 Add ModeMsgVisual, ModeMsgInsert, etc. so that each mode message can be | |
4403 highlighted differently. | |
4404 7 Add a message area for the user. Set some option to reserve space (above | |
4405 the command line?). Use an ":echouser" command to display the message | |
4406 (truncated to fit in the space). | |
4407 7 Add %s to 'keywordprg': replace with word under the cursor. (Zellner) | |
4408 8 Support printing on Unix. Can use "lpansi.c" as an example. (Bookout) | |
4409 8 Add put command that replaces the text under it. Esp. for blockwise | |
4410 Visual mode. | |
8 | 4411 7 Enhance termresponse stuff: Add t_CV(?): pattern of term response, use |
7 | 4412 regexp: "\e\[[>?][0-9;]*c", but only check just after sending t_RV. |
4413 7 Add "g|" command: move to N'th column from the left margin (after wrapping | |
4414 and applying 'leftcol'). Works as "|" like what "g0" is to "0". | |
4415 7 Support setting 'equalprg' to a user function name. | |
4416 7 Highlight the characters after the end-of-line differently. | |
4417 7 When 'whichwrap' contains "l", "$dl" should join lines? | |
4418 8 Add an argument to configure to use $CFLAGS and not modify it? (Mooney) | |
4419 8 Enabling features is a mix of configure arguments and defines in | |
4420 feature.h. How to make this consistent? Feature.h is required for | |
4421 non-unix systems. Perhaps let configure define CONF_XXX, and use #ifdef | |
4422 CONF_XXX in feature.h? Then what should min-features and max-features do? | |
4423 8 Add "g^E" and "g^Y", to scroll a screen-full line up and down. | |
4424 6 Add ":timer" command, to set a command to be executed at a certain | |
4425 interval, or once after some time has elapsed. (Aaron) | |
620 | 4426 Perhaps an autocommand event like CursorHold is better? |
7 | 4427 8 Add ":confirm" handling in open_exfile(), for when file already exists. |
4428 8 When quitting with changed files, make the dialog list the changed file | |
4429 and allow "write all", "discard all", "write some". The last one would | |
4430 then ask "write" or "discard" for each changed file. Patch in HierAssist | |
4431 does something like this. (Shah) | |
4432 7 Use growarray for replace stack. | |
4433 7 Have a look at viH (Hellenic or Greek version of Vim). But a solution | |
4434 outside of Vim might be satisfactory (Haritsis). | |
4435 3 Make "2d%" work like "d%d%" instead of "d2%"? | |
4436 7 "g CTRL-O" jumps back to last used buffer. Skip CTRL-O jumps in the same | |
4437 buffer. Make jumplist remember the last ten accessed buffers? | |
4438 - Add code to disable the CAPS key when going from Insert to Normal mode. | |
4439 - Set date/protection/etc. of the patchfile the same as the original file. | |
4440 - Use growarray for termcodes[] in term.c | |
4441 - Add <window-99>, like <cword> but use filename of 99'th window. | |
4442 7 Add a way to change an operator to always work characterwise-inclusive | |
4443 (like "v" makes the operator characterwise-exclusive). "x" could be used. | |
4444 - Make a set of operations on list of names: expand wildcards, replace home | |
4445 dir, append a string, delete a string, etc. | |
4446 - Remove mktemp() and use tmpname() only? Ctags does this. | |
4447 - When replacing environment variables, and there is one that is not set, | |
4448 turn it into an empty string? Only when expanding options? (Hiebert) | |
4449 - Option to set command to be executed instead of producing a beep (e.g. to | |
4450 call "play newbeep.au"). | |
4451 - Add option to show the current function name in the status line. More or | |
4452 less what you find with "[[k", like how 'cindent' recognizes a function. | |
4453 (Bhatt). | |
4454 - "[r" and "]r": like "p" and "P", but replace instead of insert (esp. for | |
4455 blockwise registers). | |
4456 - Add 'timecheck' option, on by default. Makes it possible to switch off the | |
4457 timestamp warning and question. (Dodt). | |
4458 - Add an option to set the time after which Vim should check the timestamps | |
4459 of the files. Only check when an event occurs (e.g., character typed, | |
4460 mouse moved). Useful for non-GUI versions where keyboard focus isn't | |
4461 noticeable. | |
4462 - Make 'smartcase' work even though 'ic' isn't set (Webb). | |
4463 7 When formatting text, allow to break the line at a number of characters. | |
4464 Use an option for this: 'breakchars'? Useful for formatting Fortran code. | |
4465 - Add flag to 'formatoptions' to be able to format book-style paragraphs | |
4466 (first line of paragraph has larger indent, no empty lines between | |
4467 paragraphs). Complements the '2' flag. Use '>' flag when larger indent | |
4468 starts a new paragraph, use '<' flag when smaller indent starts a new | |
4469 paragraph. Both start a new paragraph on any indent change. | |
1125 | 4470 8 The 'a' flag in 'formatoptions' is too dangerous. In some way only do |
4471 auto-formatting in specific regions, e.g. defined by syntax highlighting. | |
7 | 4472 8 Allow using a trailing space to signal a paragraph that continues on the |
4473 next line (MIME text/plain; format=flowed, RFC 2646). Can be used for | |
4474 continuous formatting. Could use 'autoformat' option, which specifies a | |
4475 regexp which triggers auto-formatting (for one line). | |
4476 ":set autoformat=\\s$". | |
4477 - Be able to redefine where a sentence stops. Use a regexp pattern? | |
169 | 4478 - Support multi-byte characters for sentences. Example from Ben Peterson. |
7 | 4479 7 Add command "g)" to go to the end of a sentence, "g(" to go back to the |
4480 end of a sentence. (Servatius Brandt) | |
4481 - Be able to redefine where a paragraph starts. For "[[" where the '{' is | |
4482 not in column 1. | |
4483 6 Add ":cdprev": go back to the previous directory. Need to remember a | |
4484 stack of previous directories. We also need ":cdnext". | |
4485 7 Should ":cd" for MS-DOS go to $HOME, when it's defined? | |
4486 - Make "gq<CR>" work on the last line in the file. Maybe for every operator? | |
4487 - Add more redirecting of Ex commands: | |
121 | 4488 :redir #> bufname |
4489 :redir #>> bufname (append) | |
162 | 4490 - Give error message when starting :redir: twice or using END when no |
4491 redirection was active. | |
7 | 4492 - Setting of options, specifically for a buffer or window, with |
4493 ":set window.option" or ":set buffer.option=val". Or use ":buffer.set". | |
4494 Also: "buffer.map <F1> quit". | |
4495 6 Would it be possible to change the color of the cursor in the Win32 | |
4496 console? (Klaus Hast) | |
4497 - Add :delcr command: | |
4498 *:delcr* | |
4499 :[range]delcr[!] Check [range] lines (default: whole buffer) for lines | |
4500 ending in <CR>. If all lines end in <CR>, or [!] is | |
4501 used, remove the <CR> at the end of lines in [range]. | |
4502 A CTRL-Z at the end of the file is removed. If | |
4503 [range] is omitted, or it is the whole file, and all | |
4504 lines end in <CR> 'textmode' is set. {not in Vi} | |
4505 - Should integrate addstar() and file_pat_to_reg_pat(). | |
4506 - When working over a serial line with 7 bit characters, remove meta | |
4507 characters from 'isprint'. | |
4508 - Use fchdir() in init_homedir(), like in FullName(). | |
4509 - In win_update(), when the GUI is active, always use the scrolling area. | |
4510 Avoid that the last status line is deleted and needs to be redrawn. | |
4511 - That "cTx" fails when the cursor is just after 'x' is Vi compatible, but | |
4512 may not be what you expect. Add a flag in 'cpoptions' for this? More | |
4513 general: Add an option to allow "c" to work with a null motion. | |
4514 - Give better error messages by using errno (strerror()). | |
4515 - Give "Usage:" error message when command used with wrong arguments (like | |
4516 Nvi). | |
4517 - Make 'restorescreen' option also work for xterm (and others), replaces the | |
4518 SAVE_XTERM_SCREEN define. | |
4519 7 Support for ":winpos" In xterm: report the current window position. | |
4520 - Give warning message when using ":set t_xx=asdf" for a termcap code that | |
4521 Vim doesn't know about. Add flag in 'shortmess'? | |
4522 6 Add ":che <file>", list all the include paths which lead to this file. | |
4523 - For a commandline that has several commands (:s, :d, etc.) summarize the | |
4524 changes all together instead of for each command (e.g. for the rot13 | |
4525 macro). | |
4526 - Add command like "[I" that also shows the tree of included files. | |
4527 - ":set sm^L" results in ":set s", because short names of options are also | |
4528 expanded. Is there a better way to do this? | |
4529 - Add ":@!" command, to ":@" like what ":source!" is to ":source". | |
4530 8 Add ":@:!": repeat last command with forceit set. | |
4531 - Should be possible to write to a device, e.g. ":w! /dev/null". | |
4532 - Add 't_normal': Used whenever t_me, t_se, t_ue or t_Zr is empty. | |
4533 - ":cab map test ^V| je", ":cunab map" doesn't work. This is vi compatible! | |
4534 - CTRL-W CTRL-E and CTRL-W CTRL-Y should move the current window up or down | |
4535 if it is not the first or last window. | |
4536 - Include-file-search commands should look in the loaded buffer of a file (if | |
4537 there is one) instead of the file itself. | |
4538 7 Change 'nrformats' to include the leader for each format. Example: | |
4539 nrformats=hex:$,binary:b,octal:0 | |
4540 Add setting of 'nrformats' to syntax files. | |
4541 - 'path' can become very long, don't use NameBuff for expansion. | |
4542 - When unhiding a hidden buffer, put the same line at top of the window as | |
237 | 4543 the one before hiding it. Or: keep the same relative cursor position (so |
7 | 4544 many percent down the windows). |
4545 - Make it possible for the 'showbreak' to be displayed at the end of the | |
4546 line. Use a comma to separate the part at the end and the start of the | |
4547 line? Highlight the linebreak characters, add flag in 'highlight'. | |
4548 - Some string options should be expanded if they have wildcards, e.g. | |
4549 'dictionary' when it is "*.h". | |
4550 - Use a specific type for number and boolean options, making it possible to | |
4551 change it for specific machines (e.g. when a long is 64 bit). | |
4552 - Add option for <Insert> in replace mode going to normal mode. (Nugent) | |
4553 - Add a next/previous possibility to "[^I" and friends. | |
4554 - Add possibility to change the HOME directory. Use the directory from the | |
4555 passwd file? (Antwerpen) | |
4556 8 Add commands to push and pop all or individual options. ":setpush tw", | |
4557 ":setpop tw", ":setpush all". Maybe pushing/popping all options is | |
4558 sufficient. ":setflush" resets the option stack? | |
4559 How to handle an aborted mapping? Remember position in tag stack when | |
4560 mapping starts, restore it when an error aborts the mapping? | |
4561 - Change ":fixdel" into option 'fixdel', t_del will be adjusted each time | |
4562 t_bs is set? (Webb) | |
4563 - "gc": goto character, move absolute character positions forward, also | |
237 | 4564 counting newlines. "gC" goes backwards (Weigert). |
4565 - When doing CTRL-^, redraw buffer with the same topline. (Demirel) Store | |
7 | 4566 cursor row and window height to redraw cursor at same percentage of window |
4567 (Webb). | |
4568 - Besides remembering the last used line number of a file, also remember the | |
237 | 4569 column. Use it with CTRL-^ et. al. |
7 | 4570 - Check for non-digits when setting a number option (careful when entering |
4571 hex codes like 0xff). | |
4572 - Add option to make "." redo the "@r" command, instead of the last command | |
4573 executed by it. Also to make "." redo the whole mapping. Basically: redo | |
4574 the last TYPED command. | |
4575 - Support URL links for ^X^F in Insert mode, like for "gf". | |
4576 - Support %name% expansion for "gf" on Windows. | |
4577 - Make "gf" work on "file://c:/path/name". "file:/c:/" and "file:///c:/" | |
4578 should also work? | |
4579 - Add 'urlpath', used like 'path' for when "gf" used on an URL? | |
4580 8 When using "gf" on an absolute file name, while editing a remote file | |
4581 (starts with scp:// or http://) should prepend the method and machine | |
4582 name. | |
4583 - When finding an URL or file name, and it doesn't exist, try removing a | |
4584 trailing '.'. | |
4585 - Add ":path" command modifier. Should work for every command that takes a | |
4586 file name argument, to search for the file name in 'path'. Use | |
4587 find_file_in_path(). | |
4588 - Highlight control characters on the screen: Shows the difference between | |
4589 CTRL-X and "^" followed by "X" (Colon). | |
4590 - Integrate parsing of cmdline command and parsing for expansion. | |
4591 - Create a program that can translate a .swp file from any machine into a | |
4592 form usable by Vim on the current machine. | |
4593 - Add ":noro" command: Reset 'ro' flag for all buffers, except ones that have | |
237 | 4594 a readonly file. ":noro!" will reset all 'ro' flags. |
7 | 4595 - Add a variant of CTRL-V that stops interpretation of more than one |
4596 character. For entering mappings on the command line where a key contains | |
4597 several special characters, e.g. a trailing newline. | |
237 | 4598 - Add regex for 'paragraphs' and 'sections': 'parare' and 'sectre'. Combine |
7 | 4599 the two into a regex for searching. (Ned Konz) |
4600 - Make '2' option in 'formatoptions' also work inside comments. | |
4601 - Add 's' flag to 'formatoptions': Do not break when inside a string. (Dodt) | |
4602 - When window size changed (with the mouse) and made too small, set it back | |
4603 to the minimal size. | |
4604 - Add "]>" and "[<", shift comment at end of line (command; /* comment */). | |
4605 - Should not call cursorcmd() for each vgetc() in getcmdline(). | |
4606 - ":split file1 file2" adds two more windows (Webb). | |
4607 - Don't give message "Incomplete last line" when editing binary file. | |
4608 - Add ":a", ":i" for preloading of named buffers. | |
4609 - Allow autowrite when doing ":e file" (with an option 'eaw'). | |
4610 - Allow a "+command" argument before each file name in the Vim command line: | |
4611 "vim +123 file1 +234 file2 +345 file3". ??? | |
4612 - When entering text, keep other windows on same buffer updated (when a line | |
4613 entered)? | |
4614 - Check out how screen does output optimizing. Apparently this is possible | |
4615 as an output filter. | |
237 | 4616 - In dosub() regexec is called twice for the same line. Try to avoid this. |
7 | 4617 - Window updating from memline.c: insert/delete/replace line. |
4618 - Optimize ml_append() for speed, esp. for reading a file. | |
4619 - V..c should keep indent when 'ai' is set, just like [count]cc. | |
4620 - Updatescript() can be done faster with a string instead of a char. | |
4621 - Screen updating is inefficient with CTRL-F and CTRL-B when there are long | |
4622 lines. | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
4623 - Uppercase characters in Ex commands can be made lowercase? |
7 | 4624 8 Add option to show characters in text not as "|A" but as decimal ("^129"), |
4625 hex ("\x81") or octal ("\201") or meta (M-x). Nvi has the 'octal' option | |
4626 to switch from hex to octal. Vile can show unprintable characters in hex | |
4627 or in octal. | |
4628 7 Tighter integration with xxd to edit binary files. Make it more | |
4629 easy/obvious to use. Command line argument? | |
237 | 4630 - How does vi detect whether a filter has messed up the screen? Check source. |
7 | 4631 After ":w !command" a wait_return? |
4632 - Improve screen updating code for doput() (use s_ins()). | |
4633 - With 'p' command on last line: scroll screen up (also for terminals without | |
4634 insert line command). | |
4635 - Use insert/delete char when terminal supports it. | |
4636 - Optimize screen redraw for slow terminals. | |
4637 - Optimize "dw" for long row of spaces (say, 30000). | |
4638 - Add "-d null" for editing from a script file without displaying. | |
4639 - In Insert mode: Remember the characters that were removed with backspace | |
4640 and re-insert them one at a time with <key1>, all together with <key2>. | |
237 | 4641 - Amiga: Add possibility to set a keymap. The code in amiga.c does not work |
7 | 4642 yet. |
4643 - Implement 'redraw' option. | |
4644 - Add special code to 'sections' option to define something else but '{' or | |
4645 '}' as the start of a section (e.g. one shiftwidth to the right). | |
4646 7 Allow using Vim in a pipe: "ls | vim -u xxx.vim - | yyy". Only needs | |
4647 implementing ":w" to stdout in the buffer that was read from stdin. | |
231 | 4648 Perhaps writing to stdout will work, since stderr is used for the terminal |
4649 I/O. | |
7 | 4650 8 Allow opening an unnamed buffer with ":e !cmd" and ":sp !cmd". Vile can |
4651 do it. | |
4652 - Add commands like ]] and [[ that do not include the line jumped to. | |
4653 - When :unab without matching "from" part and several matching "to" parts, | |
4654 delete the entry that was used last, instead of the first in the list. | |
4655 - Add text justification option. | |
4656 - Set boolean options on/off with ":set paste=off", ":set paste=on". | |
4657 - After "inv"ing an option show the value: ":set invpaste" gives "paste is | |
4658 off". | |
4659 - Check handling of CTRL-V and '\' for ":" commands that do not have TRLBAR. | |
4660 - When a file cannot be opened but does exist, give error message. | |
4661 - Amiga: When 'r' protection bit is not set, file can still be opened but | |
237 | 4662 gives read errors. Check protection before opening. |
7 | 4663 - When writing check for file exists but no permission, "Permission denied". |
4664 - If file does not exists, check if directory exists. | |
4665 - MSDOS: although t_cv and t_ci are not set, do invert char under cursor. | |
4666 - Settings edit mode: make file with ":set opt=xx", edit it, parse it as ex | |
4667 commands. | |
4668 - ":set -w all": list one option per line. | |
4669 - Amiga: test for 'w' flag when reading a file. | |
4670 - :table command (Webb) | |
4671 - Add new operator: clear, make area white (replace with spaces): "g ". | |
4672 - Add command to ":read" a file at a certain column (blockwise read?). | |
4673 - Add sort of replace mode where case is taken from the old text (Goldfarb). | |
4674 - Allow multiple arguments for ":read", read all the files. | |
4675 - Support for tabs in specific columns: ":set tabcol=8,20,34,56" (Demirel). | |
4676 - Add 'searchdir' option: Directories to search for file name being edited | |
4677 (Demirel). | |
4678 - Modifier for the put command: Change to linewise, charwise, blockwise, etc. | |
4679 - Add commands for saving and restoring options ":set save" "set restore", | |
4680 for use in macro's and the like. | |
4681 - Keep output from listings in a window, so you can have a look at it while | |
237 | 4682 working in another window. Put cmdline in a separate window? |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
4683 - Add possibility to put output of Ex commands in a buffer or file, e.g. for |
7 | 4684 ":set all". ":r :set all"? |
4685 - 'edit' option: When off changing the buffer is not possible (Really | |
4686 read-only mode). | |
4687 - When the 'equalalways' option is set, creating a new window should not | |
237 | 4688 result in windows to become bigger. Deleting a window should not result in |
7 | 4689 a window to become smaller (Webb). |
4690 - When resizing the whole Vim window, the windows inside should be resized | |
4691 proportionally (Webb). | |
237 | 4692 - Include options directly in option table, no indirect pointers. Use |
7 | 4693 mkopttab to make option table? |
4694 - When doing ":w dir", where "dir" is a directory name, write the current | |
4695 file into that directory, with the current file name (without the path)? | |
4696 - Support for 'dictionary's that are sorted, makes access a lot faster | |
4697 (Haritsis). | |
237 | 4698 - Add "^Vrx" on the command line, replace with contents of register x. Used |
7 | 4699 instead of CTRL-R to make repeating possible. (Marinichev) |
4700 - Add "^Vb" on the command line, replace with word before or under the | |
4701 cursor? | |
4702 - Option to make a .swp file only when a change is made (Templeton). | |
4703 - Support mapping for replace mode and "r" command (Vi doesn't do this)? | |
4704 5 Add 'ignorefilecase' option: Ignore case when expanding file names. | |
4705 ":e ma<Tab>" would also find "Makefile" on Unix. | |
9 | 4706 8 Sorting of filenames for completion is wrong on systems that ignore |
4707 case of filenames. Add 'ignorefncase' option. When set, case in | |
4708 filenames is ignored for sorting them. Patch by Mike Williams: | |
4709 ~/vim/patches/ignorefncase. Also change what matches? Or use another | |
4710 option name. | |
7 | 4711 8 Should be able to compile Vim in another directory, with $(srcdir) set to |
4712 where the sources are. Add $(srcdir) in the Makefile in a lot of places. | |
4713 (Netherton) | |
4714 6 Make it configurable when "J" inserts a space or not. Should not add a | |
4715 space after "(", for example. | |
4716 5 When inserting spaces after the end-of-line for 'virtualedit', use tabs | |
4717 when the user wants this (e.g., add a "tab" field to 'virtualedit'). | |
4718 (Servatius Brandt) | |
4719 | |
4720 | |
4721 From Elvis: | |
4722 - Use "instman.sh" to install manpages? | |
4723 - Add ":alias" command. | |
4724 - fontchanges recognized "\\fB" etc. | |
4725 - Search patterns: | |
4726 \@ match word under cursor. | |
4727 but do: | |
4728 \@w match the word under the cursor? | |
4729 \@W match the WORD under the cursor? | |
4730 8 ":window" command: | |
4731 :win + next window (up) | |
4732 :win ++ idem, wrapping | |
4733 :win - previous window (down) | |
4734 :win -- idem, wrapping | |
4735 :win nr to window number "nr" | |
4736 :win name to window editing buffer "name" | |
4737 7 ":cc" compiles a single file (default: current one). 'ccprg' option is | |
4738 program to use with ":cc". Use ":compile" instead of ":cc"? | |
4739 | |
4740 | |
4741 From Nvi: | |
4742 - 'searchincr' option, alias for 'incsearch'? | |
4743 - 'leftright' option, alias for 'nowrap'? | |
4744 - Have a look at "vi/doc/vi.chart", for Nvi specialties. | |
4745 8 Add 'keytime', time in 1/10 sec for mapping timeout? | |
4746 - Add 'filec' option as an alternative for 'wildchar'. | |
4747 6 Support Nvi command names as an alias: | |
4748 :bg :hide | |
4749 :fg fname :buf fname (with 'hidden' set?) | |
4750 :dis b :ls | |
4751 :Edit fname :split fname | |
4752 :Fg fname :sbuf fname (with 'hidden' set?) | |
4753 :Next :snext (can't do this, already use :Next) | |
4754 :Previous :sprevious | |
4755 :Tag :stag | |
4756 | |
4757 | |
4758 From xvi: | |
4759 - CTRL-_ : swap 8th bit of character. | |
4760 - Add egrep-like regex type, like xvi (Ned Konz) or Perl (Emmanuel Mogenet) | |
4761 | |
4762 | |
4763 From vile: | |
4764 - When horizontal scrolling, use '>' for lines continuing right of a window. | |
4765 - Support putting .swp files in /tmp: Command in rc.local to move .swp files | |
4766 from /tmp to some directory before deleting files. | |
4767 | |
4768 | |
4769 Far future and "big" extensions: | |
541 | 4770 - Instead of using a Makefile and autoconf, use a simple shell script to |
4771 find the C compiler and do everything with C code. Translate something | |
4772 like an Aap recipe and configure.in to C. Avoids depending on Python, | |
4773 thus will work everywhere. With batch file to find the C compiler it | |
4774 would also work on MS-Windows. | |
7 | 4775 - Make it easy to setup Vim for groups of users: novice vi users, novice |
4776 Vim users, C programmers, xterm users, GUI users,... | |
4777 - Change layout of blocks in swap file: Text at the start, with '\n' in | |
4778 between lines (just load the file without changes, except for Mac). | |
4779 Indexes for lines are from the end of the block backwards. It's the | |
4780 current layout mirrored. | |
4781 - Make it possible to edit a register, in a window, like a buffer. | |
4782 - Add stuff to syntax highlighting to change the text (upper-case keywords, | |
4783 set indent, define other highlighting, etc.). | |
4784 - Mode to keep C-code formatted all the time (sort of on-line indent). | |
4785 - Several top-level windows in one Vim session. Be able to use a different | |
4786 font in each top-level window. | |
4787 - Allow editing above start and below end of buffer (flag in 'virtualedit'). | |
4788 - Smart cut/paste: recognize words and adjust spaces before/after them. | |
4789 - Add open mode, use it when terminal has no cursor positioning. | |
4790 - Special "drawing mode": a line is drawn where the cursor is moved to. | |
4791 Backspace deletes along the line (from jvim). | |
4792 - Implement ":Bset", set option in all buffers. Also ":Wset", set in all | |
4793 windows, ":Aset, set in all arguments and ":Tset", set in all files | |
4794 mentioned in the tags file. | |
4795 Add buffer/arg range, like in ":2,5B%s/..." (do we really need this???) | |
4796 Add search string: "B/*.c/%s/.."? Or ":F/*.c/%s/.."? | |
4797 - Support for underlining (underscore-BS-char), bold (char-BS-char) and other | |
4798 standout modes switched on/off with , 'overstrike' option (Reiter). | |
4799 - Add vertical mode (Paul Jury, Demirel): "5vdw" deletes a word in five | |
4800 lines, "3vitextESC" will insert "text" in three lines, etc.. | |
4801 4 Recognize l, #, p as 'flags' to EX commands: | |
4802 :g/RE/#l shall print lines with line numbers and in list format. | |
4803 :g/RE/dp shall print lines that are deleted. | |
4804 POSIX: Commands where flags shall apply to all lines written: list, | |
237 | 4805 number, open, print, substitute, visual, &, z. For other commands, flags |
7 | 4806 shall apply to the current line after the command completes. Examples: |
4807 :7,10j #l Join the lines 7-10 and print the result in list | |
4808 - Allow two or more users to edit the same file at the same time. Changes | |
4809 are reflected in each Vim immediately. Could work with local files but | |
4810 also over the internet. See http://www.codingmonkeys.de/subethaedit/. | |
4811 | |
648 | 4812 When using "do" or ":diffget" in a buffer with changes in every line an extra |
4813 empty line would appear. | |
7 | 4814 |
4815 vim:tw=78:sw=4:sts=4:ts=8:ft=help:norl: | |
4816 vim: set fo+=n : |